Move MediaHandler defaults out of global scope
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.28.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See http://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * These are additional characters that should be replaced with '-' in filenames
402 */
403 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":";
404
405 /**
406 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
407 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
408 */
409 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
410
411 /**
412 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
413 */
414 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
415
416 /**
417 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
418 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
419 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
420 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
421 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
422 *
423 * Example:
424 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
425 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
426 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
427 *
428 * @see $wgFileBackends
429 */
430 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
431
432 /**
433 * File repository structures
434 *
435 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
436 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
437 * array of properties configuring the repository.
438 *
439 * Properties required for all repos:
440 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
441 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
442 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
443 *
444 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
445 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
446 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
447 *
448 * For most core repos:
449 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
450 * container : backend container name the zone is in
451 * directory : root path within container for the zone
452 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
453 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
454 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
455 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
456 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
457 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
458 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
459 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
460 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
461 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
462 * handler instead.
463 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
464 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
465 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
466 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
467 * - pathDisclosureProtection
468 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
469 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
470 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
471 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
472 * is 0644.
473 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
474 * some remote repos.
475 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
476 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
477 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
478 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
479 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
480 *
481 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
482 * for local repositories:
483 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
484 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
485 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
486 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
487 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
488 *
489 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
490 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
491 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
492 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
493 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
494 *
495 * ForeignDBRepo:
496 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
497 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
498 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
499 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
500 *
501 * ForeignAPIRepo:
502 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
503 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
504 *
505 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
506 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
507 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
508 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
509 * be searched after the local file repo.
510 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
511 *
512 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
513 */
514 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
515
516 /**
517 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
518 */
519 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
520
521 /**
522 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
523 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
524 * settings
525 */
526 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
527
528 /**
529 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
530 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
531 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
532 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
533 *
534 * Example:
535 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
536 */
537 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
538
539 /**
540 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
541 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
542 *
543 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
544 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
545 *
546 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
547 */
548 $wgUploadDialog = [
549 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
550 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
551 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
552 'fields' => [
553 'description' => true,
554 'date' => false,
555 'categories' => false,
556 ],
557 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
558 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
559 'licensemessages' => [
560 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
561 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
562 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
563 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
564 'local' => 'generic-local',
565 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
566 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
568 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
569 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
570 ],
571 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
572 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
573 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
574 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
575 'comment' => [
576 'local' => '',
577 'foreign' => '',
578 ],
579 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
580 'format' => [
581 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
582 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
583 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
584 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
585 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
586 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
587 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
588 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
589 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
590 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
591 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
592 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
593 // * $TEXT - input by the user
594 'description' => '$TEXT',
595 'ownwork' => '',
596 'license' => '',
597 'uncategorized' => '',
598 ],
599 ];
600
601 /**
602 * File backend structure configuration.
603 *
604 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
605 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
606 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
607 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
608 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
609 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
610 *
611 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
612 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
613 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
614 *
615 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
616 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
617 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
618 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
619 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
620 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
621 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
622 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
623 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
624 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
625 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
626 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
627 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
628 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
629 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
630 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
631 */
632 $wgFileBackends = [];
633
634 /**
635 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
636 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
637 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
638 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
639 *
640 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
641 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
642 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
643 */
644 $wgLockManagers = [];
645
646 /**
647 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
648 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: http://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
649 *
650 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
651 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
652 * extensions" section of php.ini:
653 * @code{.ini}
654 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
655 * @endcode
656 */
657 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
658
659 /**
660 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
661 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
662 * Defaults to false.
663 */
664 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
665
666 /**
667 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
668 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
669 * $wgUploadDirectory.
670 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
671 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
672 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
673 * directory.
674 *
675 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
676 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
677 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
678 */
679 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
680
681 /**
682 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
683 */
684 $wgSharedUploadPath = "http://commons.wikimedia.org/shared/images";
685
686 /**
687 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
688 */
689 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
690
691 /**
692 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
693 */
694 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = "/var/www/wiki3/images";
695
696 /**
697 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
698 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
699 */
700 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
701
702 /**
703 * Optional table prefix used in database.
704 */
705 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
706
707 /**
708 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
709 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
710 */
711 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
712
713 /**
714 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
715 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
716 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
717 */
718 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
719
720 /**
721 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
722 *
723 * @since 1.20
724 */
725 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
726
727 /**
728 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
729 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
730 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
731 */
732 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
733
734 /**
735 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
739
740 /**
741 * Different timeout for upload by url
742 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
743 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
744 * to default.
745 *
746 * @since 1.22
747 */
748 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
749
750 /**
751 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
752 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
753 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
754 * for non-specified types.
755 *
756 * @par Example:
757 * @code
758 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
759 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
760 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
761 * ];
762 * @endcode
763 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
764 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
765 */
766 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
767
768 /**
769 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
770 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
771 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
772 * @since 1.26
773 */
774 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
775
776 /**
777 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
778 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
779 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
780 *
781 * @par Example:
782 * @code
783 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
784 * @endcode
785 */
786 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
787
788 /**
789 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
790 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
791 * appended to it as appropriate.
792 */
793 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
794
795 /**
796 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
797 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
798 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
799 * access to the thumbnail path.
800 *
801 * @par Example:
802 * @code
803 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
804 * @endcode
805 */
806 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
807
808 /**
809 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
810 */
811 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
812
813 /**
814 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
815 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
816 *
817 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
818 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
819 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
820 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
821 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
822 *
823 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
824 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
825 */
826 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
827
828 /**
829 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
830 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
831 * directory layout.
832 */
833 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
834
835 /**
836 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
837 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
838 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
839 * image description page on this wiki.
840 *
841 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
842 */
843 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
844
845 /**
846 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
847 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
848 *
849 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
850 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
851 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
852 */
853 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
854
855 /**
856 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
857 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
858 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
859 */
860 $wgFileBlacklist = [
861 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
862 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
863 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
864 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
865 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
866 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
867 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
868 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
869
870 /**
871 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
872 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
873 */
874 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
875 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
876 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
877 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
878 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
879 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
880 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
881 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
882 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
883 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
884 'application/x-msmetafile',
885 ];
886
887 /**
888 * Allow Java archive uploads.
889 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
890 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
891 */
892 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
893
894 /**
895 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
896 *
897 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
898 */
899 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
900
901 /**
902 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
903 * by $wgFileExtensions.
904 *
905 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
906 */
907 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
908
909 /**
910 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
911 *
912 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
913 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
914 */
915 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
916
917 /**
918 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
919 */
920 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
921
922 /**
923 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
924 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
925 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
926 *
927 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
928 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
929 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
930 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
931 */
932 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
933 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
934 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
935 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
936 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
937 "application/pdf", // PDF files
938 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
939 ];
940
941 /**
942 * Plugins for media file type handling.
943 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
944 *
945 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
946 * and extensions should use extension.json.
947 */
948 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
949
950 /**
951 * Plugins for page content model handling.
952 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
953 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
954 *
955 * @since 1.21
956 */
957 $wgContentHandlers = [
958 // the usual case
959 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
960 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
961 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
962 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
963 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
964 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
965 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
966 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
967 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
968 ];
969
970 /**
971 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
972 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
973 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
974 */
975 $wgUseImageResize = true;
976
977 /**
978 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
979 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
980 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
981 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
982 *
983 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
984 */
985 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
986
987 /**
988 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
989 */
990 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
991
992 /**
993 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
994 * @since 1.27
995 */
996 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
997
998 /**
999 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1000 */
1001 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1002
1003 /**
1004 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1005 */
1006 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1007
1008 /**
1009 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1010 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1011 */
1012 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1013
1014 /**
1015 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1016 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1017 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1018 *
1019 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1020 * @code
1021 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1022 * @endcode
1023 *
1024 * Leave as false to skip this.
1025 */
1026 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1027
1028 /**
1029 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1030 *
1031 * @since 1.21
1032 */
1033 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1034
1035 /**
1036 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1037 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1038 * at sharp edges.
1039 *
1040 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1041 *
1042 * Supported values:
1043 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1044 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1045 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1046 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1047 *
1048 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1049 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1050 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1051 *
1052 * @since 1.27
1053 */
1054 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1055
1056 /**
1057 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1058 * image formats.
1059 */
1060 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1061
1062 /**
1063 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1064 *
1065 * @since 1.26
1066 */
1067 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1068
1069 /**
1070 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1071 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1072 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1073 *
1074 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1075 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1076 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1077 */
1078 $wgSVGConverters = [
1079 'ImageMagick' =>
1080 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1081 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1082 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1083 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1084 . '$output $input',
1085 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1086 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1087 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1088 ];
1089
1090 /**
1091 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1092 */
1093 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1094
1095 /**
1096 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1097 */
1098 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1099
1100 /**
1101 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1102 */
1103 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1104
1105 /**
1106 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1107 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1108 */
1109 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1110
1111 /**
1112 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1113 *
1114 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1115 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1116 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1117 *
1118 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1119 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1120 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1121 */
1122 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1123
1124 /**
1125 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1126 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1127 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1128 *
1129 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1130 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1131 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1132 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1133 *
1134 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1135 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1136 */
1137 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1138
1139 /**
1140 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1141 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1142 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1143 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1144 */
1145 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1146
1147 /**
1148 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1149 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1150 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1151 *
1152 * @par Example:
1153 * @code
1154 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1155 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1156 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1157 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1158 * @endcode
1159 */
1160 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1161
1162 /**
1163 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1164 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1165 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1166 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1167 */
1168 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1169
1170 /**
1171 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1172 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1173 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1174 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1175 */
1176 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1177
1178 /**
1179 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1180 * output instead of showing an error message.
1181 *
1182 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1183 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1184 *
1185 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1186 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1187 * are logged to a file for review.
1188 */
1189 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1190
1191 /**
1192 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1193 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1194 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1195 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1196 * webserver(s).
1197 */
1198 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1199
1200 /**
1201 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1202 */
1203 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1204
1205 /**
1206 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1207 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1208 * is available that can rotate.
1209 */
1210 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1211
1212 /**
1213 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1214 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1215 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1216 */
1217 $wgAntivirus = null;
1218
1219 /**
1220 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1221 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1222 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1223 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1224 *
1225 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1226 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1227 *
1228 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1229 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1230 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1231 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1232 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1233 * path.
1234 *
1235 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1236 * function in SpecialUpload.
1237 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1238 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1239 * is not set.
1240 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1241 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1242 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1243 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1244 * no virus was found.
1245 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1246 * a virus.
1247 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1248 *
1249 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1250 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1251 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1252 */
1253 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1254
1255 # setup for clamav
1256 'clamav' => [
1257 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1258 'codemap' => [
1259 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1260 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1261 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1262 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1263 ],
1264 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1265 ],
1266 ];
1267
1268 /**
1269 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1270 */
1271 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1272
1273 /**
1274 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1275 */
1276 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1277
1278 /**
1279 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1280 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1281 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1282 */
1283 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1284
1285 /**
1286 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1287 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1288 */
1289 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1290
1291 /**
1292 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1293 * the MIME type to standard output.
1294 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1295 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1296 *
1297 * @par Example:
1298 * @code
1299 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1300 * @endcode
1301 */
1302 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1303
1304 /**
1305 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1306 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1307 * can be trusted.
1308 */
1309 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1310
1311 /**
1312 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1313 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1314 */
1315 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1316 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1317 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1318 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1319 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1320 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1321 ];
1322
1323 /**
1324 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1325 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1326 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1327 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1328 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1329 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1330 */
1331 $wgImageLimits = [
1332 [ 320, 240 ],
1333 [ 640, 480 ],
1334 [ 800, 600 ],
1335 [ 1024, 768 ],
1336 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1337 ];
1338
1339 /**
1340 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1341 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1342 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1343 */
1344 $wgThumbLimits = [
1345 120,
1346 150,
1347 180,
1348 200,
1349 250,
1350 300
1351 ];
1352
1353 /**
1354 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1355 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1356 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1357 *
1358 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1359 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1360 * supports it.
1361 */
1362 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1363
1364 /**
1365 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1366 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1367 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1368 * following buckets:
1369 *
1370 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1371 *
1372 * and a distance of 50:
1373 *
1374 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1375 *
1376 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1377 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1378 */
1379 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1380
1381 /**
1382 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1383 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1384 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1385 *
1386 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1387 *
1388 * @since 1.25
1389 */
1390
1391 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1392
1393 /**
1394 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1395 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1396 *
1397 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1398 * thumbnail's URL.
1399 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1400 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1401 *
1402 * @since 1.25
1403 */
1404 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1405
1406 /**
1407 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1408 *
1409 * @since 1.25
1410 */
1411 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1412
1413 /**
1414 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1415 * HTTP request to.
1416 *
1417 * @since 1.25
1418 */
1419 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1420
1421 /**
1422 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1423 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1424 *
1425 * @since 1.26
1426 */
1427 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1428
1429 /**
1430 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1431 */
1432 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1433 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1434 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1435 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1436 'captionLength' => true, // Deprecated @since 1.28
1437 // Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1438 // A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1439 // and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1440 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1441 'mode' => 'traditional',
1442 ];
1443
1444 /**
1445 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1446 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1447 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1448 */
1449 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1450
1451 /**
1452 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1453 */
1454 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1455
1456 /**
1457 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1458 *
1459 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1460 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1461 *
1462 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1463 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1464 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1465 */
1466 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1467
1468 /**
1469 * @name DJVU settings
1470 * @{
1471 */
1472
1473 /**
1474 * Path of the djvudump executable
1475 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1476 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1477 */
1478 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1479
1480 /**
1481 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1482 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1483 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1484 */
1485 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1486
1487 /**
1488 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1489 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1490 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1491 */
1492 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1493
1494 /**
1495 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1496 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1497 *
1498 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1499 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1500 * the efficiency problem.
1501 * http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1502 *
1503 * @par Example:
1504 * @code
1505 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1506 * @endcode
1507 */
1508 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1509
1510 /**
1511 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1512 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1513 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1514 */
1515 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1516
1517 /**
1518 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1519 */
1520 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1521
1522 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1523
1524 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1525
1526 /************************************************************************//**
1527 * @name Email settings
1528 * @{
1529 */
1530
1531 /**
1532 * Site admin email address.
1533 *
1534 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1535 */
1536 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1537
1538 /**
1539 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1540 *
1541 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1542 *
1543 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1544 */
1545 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1546
1547 /**
1548 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1549 *
1550 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1551 */
1552 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1553
1554 /**
1555 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1556 *
1557 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1558 */
1559 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1560
1561 /**
1562 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1563 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1564 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1565 */
1566 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1567
1568 /**
1569 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1570 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1571 */
1572 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1573
1574 /**
1575 * Set to true to put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1576 * instead of From. ($wgEmergencyContact will be used as From.)
1577 *
1578 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1579 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1580 * when bounces are sent to the sender.
1581 */
1582 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = false;
1583
1584 /**
1585 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1586 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1587 */
1588 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1589
1590 /**
1591 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1592 */
1593 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1594
1595 /**
1596 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1597 */
1598 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1599
1600 /**
1601 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1602 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1603 */
1604 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1605
1606 /**
1607 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1608 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1609 */
1610 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1611
1612 /**
1613 * SMTP Mode.
1614 *
1615 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1616 * Default to false or fill an array :
1617 *
1618 * @code
1619 * $wgSMTP = [
1620 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1621 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1622 * 'port' => '25',
1623 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1624 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1625 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1626 * ];
1627 * @endcode
1628 */
1629 $wgSMTP = false;
1630
1631 /**
1632 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1633 */
1634 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1635
1636 /**
1637 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1638 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1639 */
1640 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1641
1642 /**
1643 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1644 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1645 */
1646 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1647
1648 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1649 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1650 # enable or disable at their discretion
1651 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1652 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1653
1654 /**
1655 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1656 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1657 * spam relay.
1658 */
1659 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1660
1661 /**
1662 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1663 */
1664 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1665
1666 /**
1667 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1668 * user talk page.
1669 */
1670 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1671
1672 /**
1673 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1674 * allowed this in the preferences.
1675 */
1676 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1677
1678 /**
1679 * Send notification mails on minor edits to watchlist pages. This is enabled
1680 * by default. User talk notifications are affected by this, $wgEnotifUserTalk, and
1681 * the nominornewtalk user right.
1682 */
1683 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1684
1685 /**
1686 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1687 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1688 *
1689 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1690 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1691 */
1692 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1693
1694 /**
1695 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1696 * match the limit on your mail server.
1697 */
1698 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1699
1700 /**
1701 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1702 */
1703 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1704
1705 /**
1706 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1707 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1708 */
1709 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1710
1711 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1712
1713 /************************************************************************//**
1714 * @name Database settings
1715 * @{
1716 */
1717
1718 /**
1719 * Database host name or IP address
1720 */
1721 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1722
1723 /**
1724 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1725 */
1726 $wgDBport = 5432;
1727
1728 /**
1729 * Name of the database
1730 */
1731 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1732
1733 /**
1734 * Database username
1735 */
1736 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1737
1738 /**
1739 * Database user's password
1740 */
1741 $wgDBpassword = '';
1742
1743 /**
1744 * Database type
1745 */
1746 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1747
1748 /**
1749 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1750 *
1751 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1752 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1753 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1754 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1755 */
1756 $wgDBssl = false;
1757
1758 /**
1759 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1760 *
1761 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1762 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1763 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1764 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1765 */
1766 $wgDBcompress = false;
1767
1768 /**
1769 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1770 */
1771 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1772
1773 /**
1774 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1775 */
1776 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1777
1778 /**
1779 * Search type.
1780 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1781 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1782 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1783 */
1784 $wgSearchType = null;
1785
1786 /**
1787 * Alternative search types
1788 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1789 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1790 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1791 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1792 */
1793 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1794
1795 /**
1796 * Table name prefix
1797 */
1798 $wgDBprefix = '';
1799
1800 /**
1801 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1802 */
1803 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1804
1805 /**
1806 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1807 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1808 * DBA has done his best job.
1809 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1810 */
1811 $wgSQLMode = '';
1812
1813 /**
1814 * Mediawiki schema
1815 */
1816 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1817
1818 /**
1819 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1820 */
1821 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1822
1823 /**
1824 * Make all database connections secretly go to localhost. Fool the load balancer
1825 * thinking there is an arbitrarily large cluster of servers to connect to.
1826 * Useful for debugging.
1827 */
1828 $wgAllDBsAreLocalhost = false;
1829
1830 /**
1831 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1832 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1833 * main database.
1834 *
1835 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1836 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1837 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1838 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1839 *
1840 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1841 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1842 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1843 *
1844 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1845 * $wgDBprefix.
1846 *
1847 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1848 * $wgDBmwschema.
1849 *
1850 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1851 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1852 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1853 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1854 */
1855 $wgSharedDB = null;
1856
1857 /**
1858 * @see $wgSharedDB
1859 */
1860 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1861
1862 /**
1863 * @see $wgSharedDB
1864 */
1865 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1866
1867 /**
1868 * @see $wgSharedDB
1869 * @since 1.23
1870 */
1871 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1872
1873 /**
1874 * Database load balancer
1875 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1876 * Fields are:
1877 * - host: Host name
1878 * - dbname: Default database name
1879 * - user: DB user
1880 * - password: DB password
1881 * - type: DB type
1882 *
1883 * - load: Ratio of DB_SLAVE load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1884 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1885 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1886 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1887 *
1888 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1889 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1890 *
1891 * - flags: bit field
1892 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if !$wgCommandLineMode (recommended)
1893 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1894 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1895 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1896 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1897 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1898 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1899 * if available
1900 *
1901 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a slave will taken out of rotation
1902 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1903 *
1904 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1905 * variable of the Database object.
1906 *
1907 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1908 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1909 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1910 *
1911 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1912 * rest of the servers will be slaves. To prevent writes to your slaves due to
1913 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1914 * slaves in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1915 *
1916 * @code
1917 * SET @@read_only=1;
1918 * @endcode
1919 *
1920 * Since the effect of writing to a slave is so damaging and difficult to clean
1921 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1922 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1923 */
1924 $wgDBservers = false;
1925
1926 /**
1927 * Load balancer factory configuration
1928 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1929 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1930 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1931 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1932 *
1933 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1934 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1935 */
1936 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1937
1938 /**
1939 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1940 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1941 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1942 * @since 1.27
1943 */
1944 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1945
1946 /**
1947 * File to log database errors to
1948 */
1949 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1950
1951 /**
1952 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1953 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1954 *
1955 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1956 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1957 *
1958 * @par Examples:
1959 * @code
1960 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1961 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1962 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1963 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1964 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1965 * @endcode
1966 *
1967 * @since 1.20
1968 */
1969 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1970
1971 /**
1972 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1973 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1974 *
1975 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1976 *
1977 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1978 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
1979 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
1980 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
1981 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
1982 *
1983 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
1984 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
1985 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
1986 */
1987 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
1988
1989 /**
1990 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
1991 *
1992 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
1993 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
1994 * block).
1995 *
1996 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
1997 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
1998 * connections.
1999 *
2000 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2001 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2002 * pooled.
2003 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2004 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2005 *
2006 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2007 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2008 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2009 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2010 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2011 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2012 *
2013 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2014 *
2015 */
2016 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2017
2018 /**
2019 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2020 * account.
2021 * Array numeric key => database name
2022 */
2023 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2024
2025 /**
2026 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2027 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2028 * show a more obvious warning.
2029 */
2030 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2031
2032 /**
2033 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2034 */
2035 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2036
2037 /**
2038 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2039 */
2040 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2041
2042 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2043
2044 /************************************************************************//**
2045 * @name Text storage
2046 * @{
2047 */
2048
2049 /**
2050 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2051 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2052 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2053 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2054 */
2055 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2056
2057 /**
2058 * External stores allow including content
2059 * from non database sources following URL links.
2060 *
2061 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2062 * @code
2063 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2064 * @endcode
2065 *
2066 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2067 */
2068 $wgExternalStores = [];
2069
2070 /**
2071 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2072 *
2073 * @par Example:
2074 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2075 * @code
2076 * $wgExternalServers = [
2077 * 'cluster1' => [ 'srv28', 'srv29', 'srv30' ]
2078 * ];
2079 * @endcode
2080 *
2081 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2082 * another class.
2083 */
2084 $wgExternalServers = [];
2085
2086 /**
2087 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2088 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2089 *
2090 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2091 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2092 *
2093 * @par Example:
2094 * @code
2095 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2096 * @endcode
2097 *
2098 * @var array
2099 */
2100 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2101
2102 /**
2103 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2104 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2105 *
2106 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2107 */
2108 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 0;
2109
2110 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2111
2112 /************************************************************************//**
2113 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2114 * @{
2115 */
2116
2117 /**
2118 * Disable database-intensive features
2119 */
2120 $wgMiserMode = false;
2121
2122 /**
2123 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2124 */
2125 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2126
2127 /**
2128 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2129 */
2130 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2131
2132 /**
2133 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2134 */
2135 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2136
2137 /**
2138 * Enable slow parser functions
2139 */
2140 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2141
2142 /**
2143 * Allow schema updates
2144 */
2145 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2146
2147 /**
2148 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2149 */
2150 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2151
2152 /**
2153 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2154 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2155 */
2156 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2157
2158 /**
2159 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2160 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2161 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2162 * @since 1.26
2163 */
2164 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2165
2166 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2167
2168 /************************************************************************//**
2169 * @name Cache settings
2170 * @{
2171 */
2172
2173 /**
2174 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2175 * from the web.
2176 *
2177 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2178 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2179 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2180 */
2181 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2182
2183 /**
2184 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2185 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2186 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2187 *
2188 * The options are:
2189 *
2190 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2191 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2192 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2193 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2194 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, XCache or WinCache
2195 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2196 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2197 *
2198 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2199 */
2200 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2201
2202 /**
2203 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2204 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2205 *
2206 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2207 */
2208 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2209
2210 /**
2211 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2212 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2213 *
2214 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2215 */
2216 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2217
2218 /**
2219 * The cache type for storing session data.
2220 *
2221 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2222 */
2223 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2224
2225 /**
2226 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2227 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2228 *
2229 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2230 *
2231 * @since 1.20
2232 */
2233 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2234
2235 /**
2236 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2237 *
2238 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2239 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2240 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2241 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2242 *
2243 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2244 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2245 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2246 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2247 */
2248 $wgObjectCaches = [
2249 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2250 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2251
2252 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2253 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2254 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2255
2256 'db-replicated' => [
2257 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2258 'readFactory' => [
2259 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2260 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2261 ],
2262 'writeFactory' => [
2263 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2264 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2265 ],
2266 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff'
2267 ],
2268
2269 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2270 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2271 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2272 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2273 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2274 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2275 ];
2276
2277 /**
2278 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2279 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2280 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2281 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2282 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2283 *
2284 * The options are:
2285 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2286 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2287 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2288 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2289 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2290 * @since 1.26
2291 */
2292 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2293
2294 /**
2295 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2296 *
2297 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2298 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2299 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2300 *
2301 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2302 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2303 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2304 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2305 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2306 *
2307 * @since 1.26
2308 */
2309 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2310 CACHE_NONE => [
2311 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2312 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2313 'channels' => []
2314 ]
2315 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2316 'memcached-php' => [
2317 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2318 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2319 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2320 ]
2321 */
2322 ];
2323
2324 /**
2325 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2326 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2327 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2328 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2329 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2330 *
2331 * The options are:
2332 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2333 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2334 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2335 *
2336 * @since 1.26
2337 */
2338 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2339
2340 /**
2341 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2342 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2343 */
2344 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2345
2346 /**
2347 * Deprecated alias for $wgSessionsInObjectCache.
2348 *
2349 * @deprecated since 1.20; Use $wgSessionsInObjectCache
2350 */
2351 $wgSessionsInMemcached = true;
2352
2353 /**
2354 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2355 */
2356 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2357
2358 /**
2359 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2360 */
2361 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2362
2363 /**
2364 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2365 */
2366 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2367
2368 /**
2369 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2370 *
2371 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2372 *
2373 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2374 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2375 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2376 * others' cookies.
2377 *
2378 * @since 1.27
2379 * @var string
2380 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2381 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2382 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2383 */
2384 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2385
2386 /**
2387 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2388 *
2389 * @since 1.28
2390 */
2391 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2392
2393 /**
2394 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2395 */
2396 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2397
2398 /**
2399 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2400 */
2401 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2402
2403 /**
2404 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2405 * requests.
2406 */
2407 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2408
2409 /**
2410 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2411 */
2412 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2413
2414 /**
2415 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2416 *
2417 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2418 *
2419 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2420 *
2421 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2422 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2423 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2424 */
2425 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2426
2427 /**
2428 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2429 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2430 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2431 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2432 */
2433 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2434
2435 /**
2436 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2437 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2438 *
2439 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2440 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2441 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2442 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2443 * otherwise the database will be used.
2444 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2445 * store static arrays.
2446 *
2447 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2448 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2449 *
2450 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2451 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2452 * will be used.
2453 *
2454 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2455 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2456 */
2457 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2458 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2459 'store' => 'detect',
2460 'storeClass' => false,
2461 'storeDirectory' => false,
2462 'manualRecache' => false,
2463 ];
2464
2465 /**
2466 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2467 */
2468 $wgCachePages = true;
2469
2470 /**
2471 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2472 * client-side and server-side caching.
2473 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2474 * @verbatim
2475 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2476 * @endverbatim
2477 */
2478 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2479
2480 /**
2481 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2482 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2483 */
2484 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2485
2486 /**
2487 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2488 *
2489 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2490 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2491 * styles.
2492 */
2493 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2494
2495 /**
2496 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2497 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2498 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2499 */
2500 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2501
2502 /**
2503 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2504 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2505 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2506 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2507 */
2508 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2509
2510 /**
2511 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2512 * @deprecated 1.26
2513 */
2514 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2515
2516 /**
2517 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2518 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2519 */
2520 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2521
2522 /**
2523 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2524 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2525 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2526 *
2527 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2528 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2529 * don't update as expected.
2530 */
2531 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2532
2533 /**
2534 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2535 */
2536 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2537
2538 /**
2539 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2540 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2541 *
2542 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2543 */
2544 $wgUseGzip = false;
2545
2546 /**
2547 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2548 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2549 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2550 * a grace period.
2551 */
2552 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2553
2554 /**
2555 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2556 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2557 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2558 *
2559 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2560 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2561 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2562 */
2563 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2564
2565 /**
2566 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2567 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2568 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2569 *
2570 * @par Example:
2571 * @code
2572 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2573 * @endcode
2574 *
2575 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2576 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2577 *
2578 * @var int|bool
2579 */
2580 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2581
2582 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2583
2584 /************************************************************************//**
2585 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2586 *
2587 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2588 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2589 *
2590 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2591 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2592 * more details.
2593 *
2594 * @{
2595 */
2596
2597 /**
2598 * Enable/disable CDN.
2599 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2600 */
2601 $wgUseSquid = false;
2602
2603 /**
2604 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2605 */
2606 $wgUseESI = false;
2607
2608 /**
2609 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2610 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2611 * @since 1.27
2612 */
2613 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2614
2615 /**
2616 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2617 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2618 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2619 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2620 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2621 * HTTP redirects.
2622 */
2623 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2624
2625 /**
2626 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2627 *
2628 * @par Example:
2629 * @code
2630 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2631 * @endcode
2632 */
2633 $wgInternalServer = false;
2634
2635 /**
2636 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2637 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2638 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2639 *
2640 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2641 */
2642 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2643
2644 /**
2645 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB slave lag is high
2646 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2647 * @since 1.27
2648 */
2649 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2650
2651 /**
2652 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2653 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2654 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2655 * slave lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2656 *
2657 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2658 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2659 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2660 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2661 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2662 *
2663 * @since 1.27
2664 */
2665 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2666
2667 /**
2668 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2669 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2670 * @since 1.27
2671 */
2672 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2673
2674 /**
2675 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2676 *
2677 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2678 */
2679 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2680
2681 /**
2682 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2683 *
2684 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2685 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2686 *
2687 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2688 */
2689 $wgSquidServers = [];
2690
2691 /**
2692 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2693 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2694 * CIDR blocks.
2695 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2696 */
2697 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2698
2699 /**
2700 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2701 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2702 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2703 *
2704 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2705 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2706 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2707 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2708 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2709 *
2710 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2711 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2712 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2713 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2714 * reverse).
2715 *
2716 * @since 1.21
2717 */
2718 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2719
2720 /**
2721 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2722 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2723 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2724 *
2725 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2726 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2727 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2728 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2729 *
2730 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2731 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2732 * @code
2733 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2734 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2735 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2736 * 'port' => 4827,
2737 * ],
2738 * '' => [
2739 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2740 * 'port' => 4827,
2741 * ],
2742 * ];
2743 * @endcode
2744 *
2745 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2746 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2747 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2748 *
2749 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2750 * @code
2751 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2752 * '' => [
2753 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2754 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2755 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2756 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2757 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2758 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2759 * ],
2760 * ];
2761 * @endcode
2762 *
2763 * @since 1.22
2764 *
2765 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2766 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2767 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2768 *
2769 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2770 */
2771 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2772
2773 /**
2774 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2775 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2776 */
2777 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2778
2779 /**
2780 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2781 */
2782 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2783
2784 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2785
2786 /************************************************************************//**
2787 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2788 * @{
2789 */
2790
2791 /**
2792 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2793 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2794 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2795 *
2796 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2797 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2798 *
2799 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2800 * change it in their preferences.
2801 *
2802 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2803 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2804 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2805 */
2806 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2807
2808 /**
2809 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2810 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2811 */
2812 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2813
2814 /**
2815 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2816 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2817 *
2818 * @par Example:
2819 * @code
2820 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2821 * @endcode
2822 */
2823 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2824
2825 /**
2826 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2827 */
2828 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2829
2830 /**
2831 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2832 */
2833 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2834
2835 /**
2836 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2837 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2838 * Notes:
2839 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2840 * map.
2841 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2842 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2843 * this array.
2844 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2845 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2846 * the prefix in this array.
2847 */
2848 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2849
2850 /**
2851 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2852 */
2853 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2854
2855 /**
2856 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2857 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2858 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2859 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2860 */
2861 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2862 'als' => 'gsw',
2863 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2864 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2865 'bh' => 'bho',
2866 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2867 'no' => 'nb',
2868 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2869 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2870 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2871 'simple' => 'en',
2872 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2873 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2874 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2875 ];
2876
2877 /**
2878 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2879 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2880 * set to "ar".
2881 *
2882 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2883 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2884 */
2885 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2886
2887 /**
2888 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2889 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2890 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2891 * support these characters.
2892 *
2893 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2894 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2895 */
2896 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2897
2898 /**
2899 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2900 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2901 * impact.
2902 *
2903 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2904 * details.
2905 *
2906 * @since 1.17
2907 */
2908 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2909
2910 /**
2911 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2912 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2913 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2914 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2915 *
2916 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2917 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2918 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2919 */
2920 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2921
2922 /**
2923 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2924 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2925 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2926 */
2927 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2928 /**
2929 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2930 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2931 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2932 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2933 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2934 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2935 *
2936 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2937 */
2938 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2939 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2940 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2941
2942 /**
2943 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2944 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2945 *
2946 * Known useragents:
2947 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2948 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2949 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2950 * - [...]
2951 *
2952 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2953 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2954 */
2955 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2956
2957 /**
2958 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2959 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2960 */
2961 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2962 ];
2963
2964 /**
2965 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2966 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2967 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2968 *
2969 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2970 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2971 * to remain viewable.
2972 *
2973 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2974 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2975 */
2976 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
2977
2978 /**
2979 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
2980 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
2981 */
2982 $wgAmericanDates = false;
2983
2984 /**
2985 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
2986 * numerals in interface.
2987 */
2988 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
2989
2990 /**
2991 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
2992 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
2993 */
2994 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
2995
2996 /**
2997 * Expiry time for the message cache key
2998 */
2999 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3000
3001 /**
3002 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3003 */
3004 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3005
3006 /**
3007 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3008 */
3009 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3010
3011 /**
3012 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3013 */
3014 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3015
3016 /**
3017 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3018 */
3019 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3020
3021 /**
3022 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3023 *
3024 * @par Example:
3025 * @code
3026 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3027 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3028 * @endcode
3029 */
3030 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3031
3032 /**
3033 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3034 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3035 * language variant.
3036 *
3037 * @par Example:
3038 * @code
3039 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3040 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3041 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3042 * @endcode
3043 *
3044 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3045 *
3046 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3047 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3048 */
3049 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3050
3051 /**
3052 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3053 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3054 * customise these.
3055 */
3056 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3057
3058 /**
3059 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3060 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3061 *
3062 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3063 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3064 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3065 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3066 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3067 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3068 * the default behavior.
3069 *
3070 * @par Example:
3071 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3072 * portal:
3073 * @code
3074 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3075 * @endcode
3076 */
3077 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3078
3079 /**
3080 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3081 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3082 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3083 *
3084 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3085 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3086 *
3087 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3088 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3089 *
3090 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3091 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3092 *
3093 * @par Examples:
3094 * @code
3095 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3096 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3097 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3098 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3099 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3100 * @endcode
3101 */
3102 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3103
3104 /**
3105 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3106 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3107 *
3108 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3109 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3110 *
3111 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3112 */
3113 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3114
3115 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3116
3117 /*************************************************************************//**
3118 * @name Output format and skin settings
3119 * @{
3120 */
3121
3122 /**
3123 * The default Content-Type header.
3124 */
3125 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3126
3127 /**
3128 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3129 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3130 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3131 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3132 * @deprecated since 1.22
3133 */
3134 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3135
3136 /**
3137 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3138 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3139 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3140 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3141 * @deprecated since 1.22
3142 */
3143 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3144
3145 /**
3146 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3147 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3148 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3149 * to true by Setup.php.
3150 * @deprecated since 1.22
3151 */
3152 $wgHtml5 = true;
3153
3154 /**
3155 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3156 *
3157 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3158 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3159 * See also http://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3160 * @since 1.16
3161 */
3162 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3163
3164 /**
3165 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3166 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3167 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3168 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3169 * @since 1.24
3170 */
3171 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3172
3173 /**
3174 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3175 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3176 * stable and change has been communicated.
3177 * @since 1.24
3178 */
3179 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3180
3181 /**
3182 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3183 *
3184 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3185 *
3186 * @par Example:
3187 * @code
3188 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3189 * @endcode
3190 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3191 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3192 *
3193 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3194 */
3195 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3196
3197 /**
3198 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3199 *
3200 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3201 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3202 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3203 */
3204 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3205
3206 /**
3207 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3208 */
3209 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3210
3211 /**
3212 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3213 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3214 */
3215 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3216
3217 /**
3218 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3219 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3220 */
3221 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3222
3223 /**
3224 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3225 *
3226 * @since 1.24
3227 */
3228 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3229
3230 /**
3231 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3232 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3233 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3234 */
3235 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3236
3237 /**
3238 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3239 */
3240 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3241
3242 /**
3243 * Allow user Javascript page?
3244 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3245 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3246 */
3247 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3248
3249 /**
3250 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3251 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3252 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3253 */
3254 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3255
3256 /**
3257 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3258 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3259 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3260 */
3261 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3262
3263 /**
3264 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3265 */
3266 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3267
3268 /**
3269 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3270 */
3271 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3272
3273 /**
3274 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3275 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3276 */
3277 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3278
3279 /**
3280 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3281 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3282 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3283 *
3284 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3285 *
3286 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3287 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3288 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3289 *
3290 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3291 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3292 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3293 * recommended.
3294 *
3295 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3296 * not just edit pages.
3297 */
3298 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3299
3300 /**
3301 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3302 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3303 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3304 * Options are:
3305 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3306 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3307 * - false: Allow all framing.
3308 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3309 */
3310 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3311
3312 /**
3313 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3314 */
3315 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3316
3317 /**
3318 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3319 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3320 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3321 *
3322 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3323 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3324 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3325 */
3326 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3327
3328 /**
3329 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3330 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3331 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3332 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3333 *
3334 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3335 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3336 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3337 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3338 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3339 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3340 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3341 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3342 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3343 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3344 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3345 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3346 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3347 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3348 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3349 * not be outputted
3350 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3351 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3352 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3353 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3354 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3355 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3356 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3357 */
3358 $wgFooterIcons = [
3359 "copyright" => [
3360 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3361 ],
3362 "poweredby" => [
3363 "mediawiki" => [
3364 // Defaults to point at
3365 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3366 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3367 "src" => null,
3368 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3369 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3370 ]
3371 ],
3372 ];
3373
3374 /**
3375 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3376 * to create an account.
3377 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3378 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3379 */
3380 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3381
3382 /**
3383 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3384 */
3385 $wgEdititis = false;
3386
3387 /**
3388 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3389 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3390 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3391 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3392 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3393 *
3394 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3395 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3396 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3397 */
3398 $wgSend404Code = true;
3399
3400 /**
3401 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3402 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3403 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3404 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3405 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3406 *
3407 * @since 1.20
3408 */
3409 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3410
3411 /**
3412 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3413 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3414 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3415 * unconditionally.
3416 */
3417 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3418
3419 /**
3420 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3421 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3422 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3423 * the domain root.
3424 *
3425 * @since 1.25
3426 */
3427 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3428
3429 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3430
3431 /*************************************************************************//**
3432 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3433 * @{
3434 */
3435
3436 /**
3437 * Client-side resource modules.
3438 *
3439 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3440 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3441 *
3442 * @par Example:
3443 * @code
3444 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3445 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3446 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3447 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3448 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3449 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3450 * ];
3451 * @endcode
3452 */
3453 $wgResourceModules = [];
3454
3455 /**
3456 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3457 *
3458 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3459 * not be modified or disabled.
3460 *
3461 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3462 *
3463 * @par Example:
3464 * @code
3465 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3466 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3467 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3468 * ];
3469 *
3470 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3471 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3472 * ];
3473 * @endcode
3474 *
3475 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3476 *
3477 * @par Equivalent:
3478 * @code
3479 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3480 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3481 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3482 * 'skinStyles' => [
3483 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3484 * ],
3485 * ];
3486 * @endcode
3487 *
3488 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3489 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3490 *
3491 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3492 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3493 *
3494 * @par Example:
3495 * @code
3496 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3497 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3498 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3499 * 'skinStyles' => [
3500 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3501 * ],
3502 * ];
3503 * // Note the '+' character:
3504 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3505 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3506 * ];
3507 * @endcode
3508 *
3509 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3510 *
3511 * @par Equivalent:
3512 * @code
3513 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3514 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3515 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3516 * 'skinStyles' => [
3517 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3518 * 'foo' => [
3519 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3520 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3521 * ],
3522 * ],
3523 * ];
3524 * @endcode
3525 *
3526 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3527 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3528 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3529 *
3530 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3531 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3532 *
3533 * @par Example:
3534 * @code
3535 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3536 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3537 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3538 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3539 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3540 * ];
3541 * @endcode
3542 */
3543 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3544
3545 /**
3546 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3547 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3548 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3549 *
3550 * @par Example:
3551 * @code
3552 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3553 * @endcode
3554 */
3555 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3556
3557 /**
3558 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3559 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3560 */
3561 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3562
3563 /**
3564 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3565 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3566 *
3567 * Following options to distinguish:
3568 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3569 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3570 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3571 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3572 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3573 *
3574 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3575 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3576 * client and MediaWiki.
3577 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3578 */
3579 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3580 'versioned' => [
3581 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3582 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3583 ],
3584 'unversioned' => [
3585 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3586 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3587 ],
3588 ];
3589
3590 /**
3591 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3592 *
3593 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3594 */
3595 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3596
3597 /**
3598 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3599 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3600 *
3601 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3602 */
3603 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3604
3605 /**
3606 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3607 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3608 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3609 *
3610 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3611 */
3612 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3613
3614 /**
3615 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3616 *
3617 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3618 */
3619 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3620
3621 /**
3622 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3623 *
3624 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3625 * work.
3626 *
3627 * @par Example of legacy code:
3628 * @code{,js}
3629 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3630 * @endcode
3631 * or:
3632 * @code{,js}
3633 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3634 * @endcode
3635 *
3636 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3637 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3638 * @code{,js}
3639 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3640 * @endcode
3641 * or:
3642 * @code{,js}
3643 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3644 * @endcode
3645 */
3646 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3647
3648 /**
3649 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3650 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3651 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3652 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3653 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3654 * that you can't increase.
3655 *
3656 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3657 * string length limit.
3658 *
3659 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3660 */
3661 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3662
3663 /**
3664 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3665 * prior to minification to validate it.
3666 *
3667 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3668 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3669 */
3670 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3671
3672 /**
3673 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3674 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3675 *
3676 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3677 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3678 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3679 */
3680 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3681
3682 /**
3683 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3684 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3685 *
3686 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3687 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3688 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3689 *
3690 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3691 *
3692 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3693 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3694 *
3695 * @par Example:
3696 * @code
3697 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3698 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3699 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3700 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3701 * ];
3702 * @endcode
3703 * @since 1.22
3704 */
3705 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3706 /**
3707 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3708 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3709 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3710 * @since 1.27
3711 */
3712 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3713 ];
3714
3715 /**
3716 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3717 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3718 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3719 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3720 *
3721 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3722 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3723 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3724 * files from its own tree.
3725 *
3726 * @since 1.22
3727 */
3728 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3729 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3730 ];
3731
3732 /**
3733 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3734 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3735 *
3736 * @since 1.23 - Client-side module persistence is experimental. Exercise care.
3737 */
3738 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = false;
3739
3740 /**
3741 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3742 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3743 *
3744 * @since 1.23
3745 */
3746 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3747
3748 /**
3749 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3750 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3751 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3752 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3753 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3754 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3755 * from the rest of the site.
3756 *
3757 * @since 1.25
3758 */
3759 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3760
3761 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3762
3763 /*************************************************************************//**
3764 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3765 * @{
3766 */
3767
3768 /**
3769 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3770 * used instead.
3771 */
3772 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3773
3774 /**
3775 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3776 *
3777 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3778 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3779 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3780 */
3781 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3782
3783 /**
3784 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3785 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3786 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3787 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3788 * hook or extension.json.
3789 *
3790 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3791 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3792 * the new namespace name.
3793 *
3794 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3795 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3796 *
3797 * @par Example:
3798 * @code
3799 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3800 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3801 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3802 * 102 => "Aide",
3803 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3804 * ];
3805 * @endcode
3806 *
3807 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3808 */
3809 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3810
3811 /**
3812 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3813 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3814 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3815 * @since 1.18
3816 */
3817 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3818
3819 /**
3820 * Namespace aliases.
3821 *
3822 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3823 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3824 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3825 * name.
3826 *
3827 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3828 *
3829 * @par Example:
3830 * @code
3831 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3832 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3833 * 'Help' => 100,
3834 * ];
3835 * @endcode
3836 */
3837 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3838
3839 /**
3840 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3841 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3842 *
3843 * Problematic punctuation:
3844 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3845 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3846 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3847 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3848 * corrupted by apache
3849 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3850 *
3851 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3852 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3853 *
3854 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3855 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3856 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3857 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3858 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3859 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3860 *
3861 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3862 *
3863 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3864 * this breaks interlanguage links
3865 */
3866 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3867
3868 /**
3869 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3870 *
3871 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3872 */
3873 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3874
3875 /**
3876 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3877 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3878 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3879 *
3880 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3881 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3882 */
3883 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3884
3885 /**
3886 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3887 */
3888 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3889
3890 /**
3891 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3892 * @{
3893 */
3894
3895 /**
3896 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3897 * database (.cdb) file.
3898 *
3899 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3900 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3901 * formats such as the following:
3902 *
3903 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3904 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3905 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3906 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3907 *
3908 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3909 * data layout.
3910 *
3911 * @var bool|array|string
3912 */
3913 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3914
3915 /**
3916 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3917 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3918 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3919 * - 3: site levels
3920 */
3921 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3922
3923 /**
3924 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3925 */
3926 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3927
3928 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3929
3930 /**
3931 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3932 * @{
3933 */
3934
3935 /**
3936 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3937 */
3938 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3939
3940 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3941
3942 /**
3943 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3944 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3945 * as 'redirected from' links.
3946 *
3947 * @par Example:
3948 * It might look something like this:
3949 * @code
3950 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3951 * @endcode
3952 *
3953 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3954 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3955 * the URL.
3956 */
3957 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3958
3959 /**
3960 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3961 *
3962 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3963 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3964 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3965 */
3966 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3967
3968 /**
3969 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3970 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
3971 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
3972 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
3973 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
3974 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
3975 * NS_FILE.
3976 *
3977 * @par Example:
3978 * @code
3979 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
3980 * @endcode
3981 */
3982 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
3983
3984 /**
3985 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
3986 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
3987 */
3988 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
3989 NS_TALK => true,
3990 NS_USER => true,
3991 NS_USER_TALK => true,
3992 NS_PROJECT => true,
3993 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
3994 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
3995 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
3996 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
3997 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
3998 NS_HELP => true,
3999 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4000 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4001 ];
4002
4003 /**
4004 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4005 *
4006 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4007 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4008 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4009 *
4010 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4011 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4012 *
4013 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4014 * the new extension registration system.
4015 *
4016 * @since 1.23
4017 */
4018 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4019
4020 /**
4021 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4022 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4023 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4024 * number of articles in the wiki.
4025 */
4026 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4027
4028 /**
4029 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4030 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4031 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4032 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4033 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4034 */
4035 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4036
4037 /**
4038 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4039 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4040 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4041 */
4042 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4043
4044 /**
4045 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4046 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4047 * will make the redirect fail.
4048 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4049 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4050 *
4051 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4052 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4053 */
4054 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4055
4056 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4057
4058 /************************************************************************//**
4059 * @name Parser settings
4060 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4061 * @{
4062 */
4063
4064 /**
4065 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4066 *
4067 * class The class name
4068 *
4069 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4070 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4071 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4072 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4073 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4074 *
4075 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4076 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4077 *
4078 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4079 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4080 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4081 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4082 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4083 * an extension setup function.
4084 */
4085 $wgParserConf = [
4086 'class' => 'Parser',
4087 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4088 ];
4089
4090 /**
4091 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4092 */
4093 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4094
4095 /**
4096 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4097 * by PPFrame::expand()
4098 */
4099 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4100
4101 /**
4102 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4103 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4104 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4105 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4106 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4107 *
4108 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4109 */
4110 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4111
4112 /**
4113 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4114 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4115 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4116 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4117 */
4118 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4119
4120 /**
4121 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4122 */
4123 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4124
4125 /**
4126 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4127 *
4128 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4129 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4130 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4131 * more information.
4132 *
4133 * @see wfParseUrl
4134 */
4135 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4136 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4137 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4138 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4139 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4140 ];
4141
4142 /**
4143 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4144 */
4145 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4146
4147 /**
4148 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4149 */
4150 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4151
4152 /**
4153 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4154 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4155 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4156 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4157 *
4158 * @par Examples:
4159 * @code
4160 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4161 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4162 * @endcode
4163 */
4164 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4165
4166 /**
4167 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4168 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4169 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4170 * The image will be displayed.
4171 *
4172 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4173 * Or false to disable it
4174 */
4175 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4176
4177 /**
4178 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4179 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4180 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4181 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4182 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4183 * sites they control.
4184 */
4185 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4186
4187 /**
4188 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4189 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4190 * used. See http://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4191 *
4192 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4193 * parameters will be used instead.
4194 *
4195 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4196 *
4197 * Keys are:
4198 * - driver: May be:
4199 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4200 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4201 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4202 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4203 * - Html5Internal: Use the built-in HTML5 balancer
4204 *
4205 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4206 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4207 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4208 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4209 */
4210 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4211
4212 /**
4213 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4214 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4215 */
4216 $wgUseTidy = false;
4217
4218 /**
4219 * The path to the tidy binary.
4220 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4221 */
4222 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4223
4224 /**
4225 * The path to the tidy config file
4226 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4227 */
4228 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4229
4230 /**
4231 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4232 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4233 */
4234 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4235
4236 /**
4237 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4238 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4239 */
4240 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4241
4242 /**
4243 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4244 * Only works for internal tidy.
4245 */
4246 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4247
4248 /**
4249 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4250 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4251 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4252 */
4253 $wgRawHtml = false;
4254
4255 /**
4256 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4257 *
4258 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4259 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4260 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4261 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4262 * to some of your users.
4263 */
4264 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4265
4266 /**
4267 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4268 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4269 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4270 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4271 */
4272 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4273
4274 /**
4275 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4276 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4277 */
4278 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4279
4280 /**
4281 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4282 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4283 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4284 *
4285 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4286 *
4287 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4288 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4289 * etc.
4290 *
4291 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4292 */
4293 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4294
4295 /**
4296 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4297 */
4298 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4299
4300 /**
4301 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4302 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4303 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4304 */
4305 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4306
4307 /**
4308 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4309 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4310 */
4311 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4312
4313 /**
4314 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4315 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4316 */
4317 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4318
4319 /**
4320 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4321 */
4322 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4323
4324 /**
4325 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4326 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4327 */
4328 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4329
4330 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4331
4332 /************************************************************************//**
4333 * @name Statistics
4334 * @{
4335 */
4336
4337 /**
4338 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4339 * as a valid article.
4340 *
4341 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4342 *
4343 * This variable can have the following values:
4344 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4345 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4346 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4347 *
4348 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4349 *
4350 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4351 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4352 * script.
4353 */
4354 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4355
4356 /**
4357 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4358 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4359 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4360 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4361 * numbers between different wikis.
4362 */
4363 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4364
4365 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4366
4367 /************************************************************************//**
4368 * @name User accounts, authentication
4369 * @{
4370 */
4371
4372 /**
4373 * Central ID lookup providers
4374 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4375 * @since 1.27
4376 */
4377 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4378 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4379 ];
4380
4381 /**
4382 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4383 * @var string
4384 */
4385 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4386
4387 /**
4388 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4389 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4390 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4391 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4392 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4393 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4394 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4395 * Statements:
4396 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4397 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4398 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4399 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4400 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4401 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4402 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4403 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4404 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4405 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4406 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4407 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4408 * @since 1.26
4409 */
4410 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4411 'policies' => [
4412 'bureaucrat' => [
4413 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4414 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4415 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4416 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4417 ],
4418 'sysop' => [
4419 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4420 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4421 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4422 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4423 ],
4424 'bot' => [
4425 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4426 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4427 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4428 ],
4429 'default' => [
4430 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4431 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4432 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4433 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4434 ],
4435 ],
4436 'checks' => [
4437 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4438 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4439 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4440 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4441 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4442 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4443 ],
4444 ];
4445
4446 /**
4447 * Disable AuthManager
4448 * @since 1.27
4449 * @deprecated since 1.27, for use during development only
4450 */
4451 $wgDisableAuthManager = false;
4452
4453 /**
4454 * Configure AuthManager
4455 *
4456 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4457 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4458 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4459 * (default is 0).
4460 *
4461 * Elements are:
4462 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4463 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4464 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4465 *
4466 * @since 1.27
4467 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4468 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4469 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4470 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4471 */
4472 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4473
4474 /**
4475 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4476 * @since 1.27
4477 */
4478 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4479 'preauth' => [
4480 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4481 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4482 'sort' => 0,
4483 ],
4484 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4485 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4486 'sort' => 0,
4487 ],
4488 ],
4489 'primaryauth' => [
4490 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4491 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4492 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4493 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4494 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4495 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4496 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4497 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4498 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4499 'args' => [ [
4500 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4501 'authoritative' => false,
4502 ] ],
4503 'sort' => 0,
4504 ],
4505 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4506 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4507 'args' => [ [
4508 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4509 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4510 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4511 // password") if it too fails.
4512 'authoritative' => true,
4513 ] ],
4514 'sort' => 100,
4515 ],
4516 ],
4517 'secondaryauth' => [
4518 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4519 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4520 'sort' => 0,
4521 ],
4522 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4523 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4524 'sort' => 100,
4525 ],
4526 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4527 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4528 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4529 // 'sort' => 100,
4530 // ],
4531 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4532 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4533 'sort' => 200,
4534 ],
4535 ],
4536 ];
4537
4538 /**
4539 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4540 *
4541 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4542 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4543 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4544 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4545 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4546 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4547 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4548 * that needs to do this.
4549 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4550 * the last X seconds.
4551 * - Come up with a third option.
4552 *
4553 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4554 * "X seconds".
4555 *
4556 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4557 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4558 * - LinkAccounts
4559 * - UnlinkAccount
4560 * - ChangeCredentials
4561 * - RemoveCredentials
4562 * - ChangeEmail
4563 *
4564 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4565 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4566 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4567 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4568 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4569 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4570 *
4571 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4572 *
4573 * @since 1.27
4574 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4575 */
4576 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4577 'default' => 300,
4578 ];
4579
4580 /**
4581 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4582 *
4583 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4584 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4585 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4586 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4587 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4588 *
4589 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4590 *
4591 * @since 1.27
4592 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4593 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4594 */
4595 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4596 'default' => true,
4597 ];
4598
4599 /**
4600 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4601 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4602 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4603 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4604 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4605 * @since 1.27
4606 * @var string[]
4607 */
4608 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4609 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4610 ];
4611
4612 /**
4613 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4614 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4615 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4616 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4617 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4618 * @since 1.27
4619 * @var string[]
4620 */
4621 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4622 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4623 ];
4624
4625 /**
4626 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4627 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4628 */
4629 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4630
4631 /**
4632 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4633 * words are allowed.
4634 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4635 */
4636 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4637
4638 /**
4639 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4640 *
4641 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4642 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4643 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4644 *
4645 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4646 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4647 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4648 */
4649 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4650
4651 /**
4652 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4653 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4654 * @since 1.23
4655 */
4656 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4657
4658 /**
4659 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4660 *
4661 * @since 1.24
4662 */
4663 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4664
4665 /**
4666 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4667 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4668 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4669 *
4670 * An advanced example:
4671 * @code
4672 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4673 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4674 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4675 * 'secrets' => [],
4676 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4677 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4678 * 'cost' => 5,
4679 * ];
4680 * @endcode
4681 *
4682 * @since 1.24
4683 */
4684 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4685 'A' => [
4686 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4687 ],
4688 'B' => [
4689 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4690 ],
4691 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4692 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4693 'types' => [
4694 'A',
4695 'pbkdf2',
4696 ],
4697 ],
4698 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4699 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4700 'types' => [
4701 'B',
4702 'pbkdf2',
4703 ],
4704 ],
4705 'bcrypt' => [
4706 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4707 'cost' => 9,
4708 ],
4709 'pbkdf2' => [
4710 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4711 'algo' => 'sha512',
4712 'cost' => '30000',
4713 'length' => '64',
4714 ],
4715 ];
4716
4717 /**
4718 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4719 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4720 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4721 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4722 */
4723 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4724 'username' => true,
4725 'email' => true,
4726 ];
4727
4728 /**
4729 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4730 */
4731 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4732
4733 /**
4734 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4735 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4736 */
4737 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4738
4739 /**
4740 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4741 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4742 */
4743 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4744 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4745 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4746 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4747 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4748 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4749 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4750 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4751 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4752 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4753 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4754 ];
4755
4756 /**
4757 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4758 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4759 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4760 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4761 */
4762 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4763 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4764 'cols' => 80,
4765 'date' => 'default',
4766 'diffonly' => 0,
4767 'disablemail' => 0,
4768 'editfont' => 'default',
4769 'editondblclick' => 0,
4770 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4771 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4772 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4773 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4774 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4775 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4776 'fancysig' => 0,
4777 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4778 'gender' => 'unknown',
4779 'hideminor' => 0,
4780 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4781 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4782 'imagesize' => 2,
4783 'math' => 1,
4784 'minordefault' => 0,
4785 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4786 'nickname' => '',
4787 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4788 'numberheadings' => 0,
4789 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4790 'previewontop' => 1,
4791 'rcdays' => 7,
4792 'rclimit' => 50,
4793 'rows' => 25,
4794 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4795 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4796 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4797 'skin' => false,
4798 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4799 'thumbsize' => 5,
4800 'underline' => 2,
4801 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4802 'usenewrc' => 1,
4803 'watchcreations' => 1,
4804 'watchdefault' => 1,
4805 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4806 'watchuploads' => 1,
4807 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4808 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4809 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4810 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4811 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4812 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4813 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4814 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4815 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4816 'watchmoves' => 0,
4817 'watchrollback' => 0,
4818 'wllimit' => 250,
4819 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4820 'prefershttps' => 1,
4821 ];
4822
4823 /**
4824 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4825 */
4826 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4827
4828 /**
4829 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4830 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4831 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4832 */
4833 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4834
4835 /**
4836 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4837 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4838 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4839 *
4840 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4841 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4842 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4843 */
4844 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4845
4846 /**
4847 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4848 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4849 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4850 * @since 1.17
4851 */
4852 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4853
4854 /**
4855 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4856 *
4857 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4858 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4859 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4860 *
4861 * @since 1.27
4862 * @var string|null
4863 */
4864 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4865
4866 /**
4867 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4868 *
4869 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4870 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4871 *
4872 * @since 1.27
4873 */
4874 $wgSessionProviders = [
4875 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4876 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4877 'args' => [ [
4878 'priority' => 30,
4879 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4880 ] ],
4881 ],
4882 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4883 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4884 'args' => [ [
4885 'priority' => 75,
4886 ] ],
4887 ],
4888 ];
4889
4890 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4891
4892 /************************************************************************//**
4893 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4894 * @{
4895 */
4896
4897 /**
4898 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4899 */
4900 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4901
4902 /**
4903 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4904 */
4905 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4906
4907 /**
4908 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4909 */
4910 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4911
4912 /**
4913 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4914 *
4915 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4916 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4917 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4918 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4919 *
4920 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4921 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4922 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4923 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4924 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4925 */
4926 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4927 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4928 'IPv6' => 19,
4929 ];
4930
4931 /**
4932 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4933 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4934 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4935 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4936 * anonymous visitors.
4937 */
4938 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4939
4940 /**
4941 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4942 *
4943 * @par Example:
4944 * @code
4945 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4946 * @endcode
4947 *
4948 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4949 *
4950 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4951 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4952 *
4953 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4954 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4955 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4956 */
4957 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4958
4959 /**
4960 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4961 *
4962 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4963 * is without underscore.
4964 *
4965 * @par Example:
4966 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
4967 * @code
4968 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
4969 * @endcode
4970 *
4971 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
4972 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
4973 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
4974 *
4975 * @par Example:
4976 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
4977 * @code
4978 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
4979 * @endcode
4980 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
4981 *
4982 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4983 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4984 */
4985 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
4986
4987 /**
4988 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
4989 * address before being allowed to edit?
4990 */
4991 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
4992
4993 /**
4994 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
4995 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
4996 */
4997 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
4998
4999 /**
5000 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5001 *
5002 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5003 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5004 *
5005 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5006 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5007 *
5008 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5009 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5010 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5011 * in in the user_groups table.
5012 *
5013 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5014 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5015 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5016 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5017 *
5018 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5019 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5020 *
5021 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5022 */
5023 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5024
5025 /** @cond file_level_code */
5026 // Implicit group for all visitors
5027 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5028 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5029 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5030 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5031 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5032 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5033 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5034 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5035 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5036 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5037 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5038 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5039 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5040 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5041
5042 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5043 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5044 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5045 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5046 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5047 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5048 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5049 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5050 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5051 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5052 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5053 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5054 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5055 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5056 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5057 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true; // can use ?action=purge without clicking "ok"
5058 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5059 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5060 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5061
5062 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5063 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5064 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5065
5066 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5067 // from various log pages by default
5068 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5069 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5070 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5071 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5072 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5073 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5074 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5075 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5076
5077 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5078 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5079 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5080 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5081 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5082 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5083 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5084 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5085 // can view deleted revision text
5086 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5087 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5088 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5089 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5090 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5091 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5092 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5093 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5094 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5095 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5096 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5097 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5098 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5118 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5119 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5123
5124 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5127 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5128 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5129 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5130 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5131
5132 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5133 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5134 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5135 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5136 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5137 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5138 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5139 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5140 // For private suppression log access
5141 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5142
5143 /**
5144 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5145 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5146 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5147 * server.
5148 */
5149 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5150
5151 /** @endcond */
5152
5153 /**
5154 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5155 *
5156 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5157 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5158 *
5159 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5160 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5161 */
5162 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5163
5164 /**
5165 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5166 */
5167 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5168
5169 /**
5170 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5171 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5172 *
5173 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5174 * group".
5175 *
5176 * @par Example:
5177 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5178 * @code
5179 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5180 * @endcode
5181 *
5182 * @par Example:
5183 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5184 * @code
5185 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5186 * @endcode
5187 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5188 * any group that they happen to be in.
5189 */
5190 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5191
5192 /**
5193 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5194 */
5195 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5196
5197 /**
5198 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5199 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5200 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5201 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5202 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5203 */
5204 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5205
5206 /**
5207 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5208 *
5209 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5210 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5211 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5212 *
5213 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5214 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5215 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5216 */
5217 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5218
5219 /**
5220 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5221 *
5222 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5223 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5224 *
5225 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5226 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5227 */
5228 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5229
5230 /**
5231 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5232 *
5233 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5234 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5235 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5236 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5237 * "semiprotected".
5238 *
5239 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5240 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5241 */
5242 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5243
5244 /**
5245 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5246 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5247 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5248 *
5249 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5250 */
5251 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5252
5253 /**
5254 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5255 *
5256 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5257 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5258 *
5259 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5260 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5261 */
5262 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5263
5264 /**
5265 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5266 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5267 * privileges of new accounts.
5268 *
5269 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5270 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5271 *
5272 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5273 *
5274 * @par Example:
5275 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5276 * @code
5277 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5278 * @endcode
5279 * Set age to one day:
5280 * @code
5281 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5282 * @endcode
5283 */
5284 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5285
5286 /**
5287 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5288 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5289 *
5290 * @par Example:
5291 * @code
5292 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5293 * @endcode
5294 */
5295 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5296
5297 /**
5298 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5299 *
5300 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5301 *
5302 * The format is
5303 * [ '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... ]
5304 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5305 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5306 * [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ], *OR*
5307 * [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ], *OR*
5308 * [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ], *OR*
5309 * [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ], *OR*
5310 * [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ], *OR*
5311 * [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ], *OR*
5312 * [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ], *OR*
5313 * [ APCOND_BLOCKED ], *OR*
5314 * [ APCOND_ISBOT ], *OR*
5315 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5316 *
5317 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5318 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5319 */
5320 $wgAutopromote = [
5321 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5322 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5323 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5324 ],
5325 ];
5326
5327 /**
5328 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5329 *
5330 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5331 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5332 *
5333 * The format is:
5334 * @code
5335 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5336 * @endcode
5337 * Where event is either:
5338 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5339 *
5340 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5341 *
5342 * @see $wgAutopromote
5343 * @since 1.18
5344 */
5345 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5346 'onEdit' => [],
5347 ];
5348
5349 /**
5350 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5351 * @since 1.18
5352 */
5353 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5354
5355 /**
5356 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5357 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5358 *
5359 * @par Example:
5360 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5361 * @code
5362 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5363 * @endcode
5364 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5365 * @code
5366 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5367 * @endcode
5368 * Sysops can make bots:
5369 * @code
5370 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5371 * @endcode
5372 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5373 * @code
5374 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5375 * @endcode
5376 */
5377 $wgAddGroups = [];
5378
5379 /**
5380 * @see $wgAddGroups
5381 */
5382 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5383
5384 /**
5385 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5386 * For extensions only.
5387 */
5388 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5389
5390 /**
5391 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5392 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5393 */
5394 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5395
5396 /**
5397 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5398 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5399 * This is limited for performance reason.
5400 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5401 * @since 1.23
5402 */
5403 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5404
5405 /**
5406 * Number of accounts each IP address may create, 0 to disable.
5407 *
5408 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5409 */
5410 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = 0;
5411
5412 /**
5413 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5414 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5415 *
5416 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5417 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5418 *
5419 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5420 *
5421 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5422 */
5423 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5424
5425 /**
5426 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5427 */
5428 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5429
5430 /**
5431 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5432 * proxies
5433 * @since 1.16
5434 */
5435 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5436
5437 /**
5438 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5439 *
5440 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5441 * the blacklist require a key).
5442 *
5443 * @par Example:
5444 * @code
5445 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5446 * // String containing URL
5447 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5448 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5449 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5450 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5451 * // just use a string as shown above
5452 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5453 * ];
5454 * @endcode
5455 *
5456 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5457 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5458 * @since 1.16
5459 */
5460 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5461
5462 /**
5463 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5464 * what the other methods might say.
5465 */
5466 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5467
5468 /**
5469 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5470 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5471 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5472 */
5473 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5474
5475 /**
5476 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5477 *
5478 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5479 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5480 * elapses.
5481 *
5482 * @par Example:
5483 * To set a generic maximum of 4 hits in 60 seconds:
5484 * @code
5485 * $wgRateLimits = [ 4, 60 ];
5486 * @endcode
5487 *
5488 * @par Example:
5489 * You could also limit per action and then type of users.
5490 * @code
5491 * $wgRateLimits = [
5492 * 'edit' => [
5493 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5494 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5495 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5496 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5497 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5498 * ]
5499 * ]
5500 * @endcode
5501 *
5502 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5503 */
5504 $wgRateLimits = [
5505 // Page edits
5506 'edit' => [
5507 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5508 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5509 ],
5510 // Page moves
5511 'move' => [
5512 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5513 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5514 ],
5515 // File uploads
5516 'upload' => [
5517 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5518 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5519 ],
5520 // Page rollbacks
5521 'rollback' => [
5522 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5523 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5524 ],
5525 // Triggering password resets emails
5526 'mailpassword' => [
5527 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5528 ],
5529 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5530 'emailuser' => [
5531 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5532 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5533 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5534 ],
5535 // Purging pages
5536 'purge' => [
5537 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5538 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5539 ],
5540 // Purges of link tables
5541 'linkpurge' => [
5542 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5543 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5544 ],
5545 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5546 'renderfile' => [
5547 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5548 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5549 ],
5550 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5551 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5552 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5553 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5554 ],
5555 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5556 'stashedit' => [
5557 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5558 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5559 ],
5560 // Adding or removing change tags
5561 'changetag' => [
5562 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5563 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5564 ],
5565 ];
5566
5567 /**
5568 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5569 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5570 */
5571 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5572
5573 /**
5574 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5575 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5576 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5577 */
5578 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5579
5580 /**
5581 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5582 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5583 */
5584 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5585
5586 /**
5587 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5588 *
5589 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5590 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5591 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5592 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5593 *
5594 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5595 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5596 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5597 */
5598 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5599 // Short term limit
5600 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5601 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5602 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5603 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5604 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5605 ];
5606
5607 /**
5608 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5609 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5610 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5611 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5612 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5613 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5614 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5615 * @since 1.27
5616 */
5617 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5618
5619 // @TODO: clean up grants
5620 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5621
5622 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5623 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5624 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5625 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5626 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5627 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5628 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5629 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5630 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5631 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5632
5633 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5634 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5635 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5636 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5637
5638 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5639 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5640 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5641 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5642
5643 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5644 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5645
5646 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5647 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5648 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5649
5650 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5651
5652 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5653 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5654 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5655 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5656
5657 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5658 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5659 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5660 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5661 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5662 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5663 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5664
5665 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5666 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5667
5668 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5669 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5670 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5671 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5672 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5673 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5674
5675 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5676
5677 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5678
5679 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5680 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5681
5682 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5683 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5684 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5685
5686 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5687 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5688 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5689 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5690 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5691 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5692 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5693
5694 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5695 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5696
5697 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5698
5699 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5700
5701 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5702
5703 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5704
5705 /**
5706 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5707 * @since 1.27
5708 */
5709 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5710 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5711 'basic' => 'hidden',
5712
5713 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5714 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5715 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5716 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5717
5718 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5719 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5720
5721 'sendemail' => 'email',
5722
5723 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5724 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5725
5726 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5727 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5728
5729 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5730 'rollback' => 'administration',
5731 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5732 'delete' => 'administration',
5733 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5734 'protect' => 'administration',
5735 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5736
5737 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5738 ];
5739
5740 /**
5741 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5742 * @since 1.27
5743 */
5744 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5745
5746 /**
5747 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5748 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5749 * @since 1.27
5750 */
5751 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5752
5753 /**
5754 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5755 *
5756 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5757 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5758 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5759 * @since 1.27
5760 */
5761 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5762
5763 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5764
5765 /************************************************************************//**
5766 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5767 * @{
5768 */
5769
5770 /**
5771 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5772 */
5773 $wgSecretKey = false;
5774
5775 /**
5776 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5777 *
5778 * This can have the following formats:
5779 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5780 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5781 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5782 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5783 */
5784 $wgProxyList = [];
5785
5786 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5787
5788 /************************************************************************//**
5789 * @name Cookie settings
5790 * @{
5791 */
5792
5793 /**
5794 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5795 */
5796 $wgCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5797
5798 /**
5799 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5800 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5801 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5802 * login cookies session-only.
5803 */
5804 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = null;
5805
5806 /**
5807 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5808 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5809 */
5810 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5811
5812 /**
5813 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5814 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5815 */
5816 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5817
5818 /**
5819 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5820 * - true: Set secure flag
5821 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5822 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5823 */
5824 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5825
5826 /**
5827 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5828 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5829 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5830 * check.
5831 */
5832 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5833
5834 /**
5835 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5836 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5837 * name to be used as a prefix.
5838 */
5839 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5840
5841 /**
5842 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5843 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5844 * XSS attack.
5845 */
5846 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5847
5848 /**
5849 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5850 */
5851 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5852
5853 /**
5854 * Override to customise the session name
5855 */
5856 $wgSessionName = false;
5857
5858 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5859
5860 /************************************************************************//**
5861 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5862 * @{
5863 */
5864
5865 /**
5866 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5867 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5868 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5869 * Please see math/README for more information.
5870 */
5871 $wgUseTeX = false;
5872
5873 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5874
5875 /************************************************************************//**
5876 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5877 *
5878 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5879 *
5880 * @{
5881 */
5882
5883 /**
5884 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5885 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5886 * may contain private data.
5887 */
5888 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5889
5890 /**
5891 * Prefix for debug log lines
5892 */
5893 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5894
5895 /**
5896 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5897 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5898 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5899 */
5900 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5901
5902 /**
5903 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5904 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5905 * and gen=js requests.
5906 */
5907 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5908
5909 /**
5910 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5911 *
5912 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5913 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5914 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5915 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5916 */
5917 $wgDebugComments = false;
5918
5919 /**
5920 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5921 *
5922 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
5923 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
5924 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
5925 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
5926 */
5927 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
5928
5929 /**
5930 * Performance expectations for DB usage
5931 *
5932 * @since 1.26
5933 */
5934 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
5935 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
5936 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
5937 'GET' => [
5938 'masterConns' => 0,
5939 'writes' => 0,
5940 'readQueryTime' => 5
5941 ],
5942 // HTTP POST requests.
5943 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
5944 'POST' => [
5945 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5946 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5947 'maxAffected' => 500
5948 ],
5949 'POST-nonwrite' => [
5950 'masterConns' => 0,
5951 'writes' => 0,
5952 'readQueryTime' => 5
5953 ],
5954 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
5955 'PostSend' => [
5956 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5957 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5958 'maxAffected' => 500
5959 ],
5960 // Background job runner
5961 'JobRunner' => [
5962 'readQueryTime' => 30,
5963 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5964 'maxAffected' => 1000
5965 ],
5966 // Command-line scripts
5967 'Maintenance' => [
5968 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5969 'maxAffected' => 1000
5970 ]
5971 ];
5972
5973 /**
5974 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
5975 *
5976 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
5977 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
5978 * in production.
5979 *
5980 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
5981 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
5982 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
5983 * - associative array with keys:
5984 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
5985 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
5986 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
5987 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
5988 *
5989 * @par Example:
5990 * @code
5991 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
5992 * @endcode
5993 *
5994 * @par Advanced example:
5995 * @code
5996 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
5997 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
5998 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
5999 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6000 * ];
6001 * @endcode
6002 */
6003 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6004
6005 /**
6006 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6007 *
6008 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6009 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6010 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6011 * details.
6012 *
6013 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6014 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6015 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6016 *
6017 * @par To completely disable logging:
6018 * @code
6019 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6020 * @endcode
6021 *
6022 * @since 1.25
6023 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6024 * @see MwLogger
6025 */
6026 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6027 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6028 ];
6029
6030 /**
6031 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6032 *
6033 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6034 */
6035 $wgShowDebug = false;
6036
6037 /**
6038 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6039 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6040 */
6041 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6042
6043 /**
6044 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6045 */
6046 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6047
6048 /**
6049 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6050 */
6051 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6052
6053 /**
6054 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6055 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6056 * to an attacker.
6057 */
6058 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6059
6060 /**
6061 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6062 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6063 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6064 * formatting.
6065 */
6066 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6067
6068 /**
6069 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6070 *
6071 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6072 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6073 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6074 * exception handler.
6075 */
6076 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6077
6078 /**
6079 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6080 */
6081 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6082
6083 /**
6084 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6085 */
6086 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6087
6088 /**
6089 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6090 * Should be a string, default false.
6091 * @since 1.20
6092 */
6093 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6094
6095 /**
6096 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6097 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6098 */
6099 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6100
6101 /**
6102 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6103 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6104 * after the limit.
6105 */
6106 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6107
6108 /**
6109 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6110 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6111 */
6112 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6113
6114 /**
6115 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6116 *
6117 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6118 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6119 */
6120 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6121
6122 /**
6123 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6124 *
6125 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6126 *
6127 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6128 *
6129 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6130 * @since 1.25
6131 */
6132 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6133
6134 /**
6135 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6136 *
6137 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6138 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6139 * @since 1.25
6140 */
6141 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6142
6143 /**
6144 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6145 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6146 * templates.
6147 */
6148 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6149
6150 /**
6151 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6152 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6153 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6154 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6155 */
6156 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6157
6158 /**
6159 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6160 * filename is passed to it.
6161 *
6162 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6163 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6164 *
6165 * Use full paths.
6166 */
6167 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6168 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6169 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6170 ];
6171
6172 /**
6173 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6174 */
6175 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6176
6177 /**
6178 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6179 * @since 1.19
6180 */
6181 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6182
6183 /**
6184 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6185 * queries and other useful output.
6186 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6187 *
6188 * @since 1.19
6189 */
6190 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6191
6192 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6193
6194 /************************************************************************//**
6195 * @name Search
6196 * @{
6197 */
6198
6199 /**
6200 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6201 */
6202 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6203
6204 /**
6205 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6206 * by default off due to execution overhead
6207 */
6208 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6209
6210 /**
6211 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6212 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6213 */
6214 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6215
6216 /**
6217 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6218 *
6219 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6220 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6221 *
6222 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6223 *
6224 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6225 */
6226 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6227
6228 /**
6229 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6230 *
6231 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6232 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6233 *
6234 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6235 */
6236 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6237 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6238 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6239 ];
6240
6241 /**
6242 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6243 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6244 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6245 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6246 */
6247 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6248
6249 /**
6250 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6251 * OpenSearch call.
6252 */
6253 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6254
6255 /**
6256 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6257 */
6258 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6259
6260 /**
6261 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6262 */
6263 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6264
6265 /**
6266 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6267 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6268 */
6269 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6270
6271 /**
6272 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6273 *
6274 * @par Example:
6275 * @code
6276 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6277 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6278 * @endcode
6279 */
6280 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6281 NS_MAIN => true,
6282 ];
6283
6284 /**
6285 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6286 * implemented by an extension instead.
6287 */
6288 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6289
6290 /**
6291 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6292 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6293 * search term.
6294 *
6295 * @par Example:
6296 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6297 * @code
6298 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6299 * 'http://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6300 * '&domains=http://example.com' .
6301 * '&sitesearch=http://example.com' .
6302 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6303 * @endcode
6304 */
6305 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6306
6307 /**
6308 * Search form behavior.
6309 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6310 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6311 */
6312 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6313
6314 /**
6315 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6316 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6317 * generated for all namespaces.
6318 */
6319 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6320
6321 /**
6322 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6323 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6324 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6325 *
6326 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6327 * @par Example:
6328 * @code
6329 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6330 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6331 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6332 * ];
6333 * @endcode
6334 */
6335 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6336
6337 /**
6338 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6339 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6340 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6341 */
6342 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6343
6344 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6345
6346 /************************************************************************//**
6347 * @name Edit user interface
6348 * @{
6349 */
6350
6351 /**
6352 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6353 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6354 */
6355 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6356
6357 /**
6358 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6359 */
6360 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6361
6362 /**
6363 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6364 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6365 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6366 */
6367 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6368 NS_CATEGORY => true
6369 ];
6370
6371 /**
6372 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6373 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6374 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6375 */
6376 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6377
6378 /**
6379 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6380 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6381 * ting this variable false.
6382 */
6383 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6384
6385 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6386
6387 /************************************************************************//**
6388 * @name Maintenance
6389 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6390 * @{
6391 */
6392
6393 /**
6394 * @cond file_level_code
6395 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6396 */
6397 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6398 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6399 }
6400 /** @endcond */
6401
6402 /**
6403 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6404 */
6405 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6406
6407 /**
6408 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6409 * used as an explanation to users.
6410 *
6411 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6412 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6413 * option in MySQL.
6414 */
6415 $wgReadOnly = null;
6416
6417 /**
6418 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6419 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6420 * message.
6421 *
6422 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6423 */
6424 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6425
6426 /**
6427 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6428 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6429 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6430 *
6431 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6432 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6433 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6434 */
6435 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6436
6437 /**
6438 * Fully specified path to git binary
6439 */
6440 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6441
6442 /**
6443 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6444 *
6445 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6446 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6447 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6448 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6449 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6450 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6451 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6452 *
6453 * @since 1.20
6454 */
6455 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6456 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6457 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6458 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6459 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6460 ];
6461
6462 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6463
6464 /************************************************************************//**
6465 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6466 * @{
6467 */
6468
6469 /**
6470 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6471 * seconds will go.
6472 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6473 */
6474 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6475
6476 /**
6477 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6478 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6479 * @since 1.26
6480 */
6481 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6482
6483 /**
6484 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6485 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6486 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6487 * @since 1.26
6488 */
6489 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6490
6491 /**
6492 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6493 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6494 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6495 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6496 * is still there.
6497 */
6498 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6499
6500 /**
6501 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6502 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6503 */
6504 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6505
6506 /**
6507 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6508 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6509 */
6510 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6511
6512 /**
6513 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6514 * should be sent.
6515 *
6516 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6517 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6518 * specified server.
6519 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6520 *
6521 * The common options are:
6522 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6523 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6524 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6525 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6526 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6527 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6528 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6529 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6530 *
6531 * The IRC-specific options are:
6532 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6533 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6534 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6535 *
6536 * The JSON-specific options are:
6537 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6538 *
6539 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6540 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6541 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6542 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6543 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6544 * ];
6545 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = [
6546 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6547 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6548 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6549 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6550 * ];
6551 * @since 1.22
6552 */
6553 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6554
6555 /**
6556 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6557 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6558 */
6559 $wgRCEngines = [
6560 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6561 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6562 ];
6563
6564 /**
6565 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6566 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6567 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6568 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6569 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6570 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6571 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6572 *
6573 * @since 1.27
6574 */
6575 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6576
6577 /**
6578 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6579 * New pages and new files are included.
6580 */
6581 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6582
6583 /**
6584 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6585 */
6586 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6587
6588 /**
6589 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6590 *
6591 * @since 1.27
6592 */
6593 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6594
6595 /**
6596 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6597 */
6598 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6599
6600 /**
6601 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6602 */
6603 $wgFeed = true;
6604
6605 /**
6606 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6607 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6608 */
6609 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6610
6611 /**
6612 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6613 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6614 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6615 *
6616 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6617 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6618 */
6619 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6620
6621 /**
6622 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6623 * pages larger than this size.
6624 */
6625 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6626
6627 /**
6628 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6629 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6630 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6631 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6632 * as value.
6633 * @par Example:
6634 * Configure the 'atom' feed to http://example.com/somefeed.xml
6635 * @code
6636 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "http://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6637 * @endcode
6638 */
6639 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6640
6641 /**
6642 * Available feeds objects.
6643 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6644 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6645 */
6646 $wgFeedClasses = [
6647 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6648 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6649 ];
6650
6651 /**
6652 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6653 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6654 */
6655 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6656
6657 /**
6658 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6659 */
6660 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6661
6662 /**
6663 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6664 */
6665 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6666
6667 /**
6668 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6669 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6670 * highlighted on the RC page.
6671 */
6672 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6673
6674 /**
6675 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6676 * view for watched pages with new changes
6677 */
6678 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6679
6680 /**
6681 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6682 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6683 */
6684 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6685
6686 /**
6687 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6688 */
6689 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6690
6691 /**
6692 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6693 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6694 */
6695 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6696
6697 /**
6698 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6699 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6700 * watchers.
6701 *
6702 * @since 1.21
6703 */
6704 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6705
6706 /**
6707 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6708 * certain types of edits.
6709 *
6710 * To register a new one:
6711 * @code
6712 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6713 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6714 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6715 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6716 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6717 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6718 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6719 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6720 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6721 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6722 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6723 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6724 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6725 * ];
6726 * @endcode
6727 *
6728 * @since 1.22
6729 */
6730 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6731 'newpage' => [
6732 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6733 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6734 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6735 'grouping' => 'any',
6736 ],
6737 'minor' => [
6738 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6739 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6740 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6741 'class' => 'minoredit',
6742 'grouping' => 'all',
6743 ],
6744 'bot' => [
6745 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6746 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6747 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6748 'class' => 'botedit',
6749 'grouping' => 'all',
6750 ],
6751 'unpatrolled' => [
6752 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6753 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6754 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6755 'grouping' => 'any',
6756 ],
6757 ];
6758
6759 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6760
6761 /************************************************************************//**
6762 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6763 * @{
6764 */
6765
6766 /**
6767 * Override for copyright metadata.
6768 *
6769 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6770 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6771 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6772 */
6773 $wgRightsPage = null;
6774
6775 /**
6776 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6777 * wiki.
6778 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6779 */
6780 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6781
6782 /**
6783 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6784 * link.
6785 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6786 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6787 */
6788 $wgRightsText = null;
6789
6790 /**
6791 * Override for copyright metadata.
6792 */
6793 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6794
6795 /**
6796 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6797 */
6798 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6799
6800 /**
6801 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6802 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6803 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6804 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6805 * large wikis.
6806 */
6807 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6808
6809 /**
6810 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6811 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6812 */
6813 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6814
6815 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6816
6817 /************************************************************************//**
6818 * @name Import / Export
6819 * @{
6820 */
6821
6822 /**
6823 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6824 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6825 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6826 *
6827 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6828 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6829 * e.g.
6830 * @code
6831 * $wgImportSources = [
6832 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
6833 * 'wikispecies',
6834 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
6835 * ];
6836 * @endcode
6837 *
6838 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6839 * the ImportSources hook.
6840 *
6841 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6842 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6843 */
6844 $wgImportSources = [];
6845
6846 /**
6847 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6848 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6849 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6850 *
6851 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6852 */
6853 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6854
6855 /**
6856 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6857 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6858 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6859 */
6860 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6861
6862 /**
6863 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6864 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6865 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6866 */
6867 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6868
6869 /**
6870 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6871 */
6872 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6873
6874 /**
6875 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6876 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6877 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6878 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6879 * it's disabled by default for now.
6880 *
6881 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6882 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6883 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6884 */
6885 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6886
6887 /**
6888 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6889 */
6890 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6891
6892 /**
6893 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6894 */
6895 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6896
6897 /**
6898 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6899 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6900 *
6901 * @since 1.27
6902 */
6903 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6904
6905 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6906
6907 /*************************************************************************//**
6908 * @name Extensions
6909 * @{
6910 */
6911
6912 /**
6913 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6914 * initialised
6915 */
6916 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
6917
6918 /**
6919 * Extension messages files.
6920 *
6921 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
6922 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
6923 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
6924 * is the most common.
6925 *
6926 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
6927 * in the core.
6928 *
6929 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
6930 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
6931 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
6932 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
6933 *
6934 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
6935 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
6936 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
6937 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
6938 *
6939 * @par Example:
6940 * @code
6941 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
6942 * @endcode
6943 */
6944 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
6945
6946 /**
6947 * Extension messages directories.
6948 *
6949 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
6950 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
6951 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
6952 * message directories.
6953 *
6954 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
6955 *
6956 * @par Simple example:
6957 * @code
6958 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
6959 * @endcode
6960 *
6961 * @par Complex example:
6962 * @code
6963 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
6964 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
6965 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
6966 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
6967 * ]
6968 * @endcode
6969 * @since 1.23
6970 */
6971 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
6972
6973 /**
6974 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
6975 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
6976 * @since 1.22
6977 */
6978 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
6979
6980 /**
6981 * Parser output hooks.
6982 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
6983 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
6984 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
6985 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
6986 *
6987 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
6988 *
6989 * The callback has the form:
6990 * @code
6991 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
6992 * @endcode
6993 */
6994 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
6995
6996 /**
6997 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
6998 */
6999 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7000
7001 /**
7002 * List of valid skin names
7003 *
7004 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7005 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7006 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7007 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7008 */
7009 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7010
7011 /**
7012 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7013 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7014 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7015 * SpecialPage.
7016 */
7017 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7018
7019 /**
7020 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7021 */
7022 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7023
7024 /**
7025 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7026 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7027 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7028 */
7029 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7030
7031 /**
7032 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7033 *
7034 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7035 *
7036 * @code
7037 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7038 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7039 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7040 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7041 * 'author' => [
7042 * 'Foo Barstein',
7043 * ],
7044 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7045 * 'url' => 'http://example.org/example-extension/',
7046 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7047 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7048 * ];
7049 * @endcode
7050 *
7051 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7052 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7053 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7054 * interpreted as wikitext.
7055 *
7056 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7057 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7058 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7059 *
7060 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7061 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7062 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7063 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7064 *
7065 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7066 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7067 * usually are.)
7068 *
7069 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7070 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7071 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7072 * for instance "[http://example ...]".
7073 *
7074 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7075 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7076 *
7077 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7078 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7079 *
7080 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7081 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7082 */
7083 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7084
7085 /**
7086 * Authentication plugin.
7087 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7088 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7089 */
7090 $wgAuth = null;
7091
7092 /**
7093 * Global list of hooks.
7094 *
7095 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7096 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7097 * internally by Hook:run().
7098 *
7099 * The value can be one of:
7100 *
7101 * - A function name:
7102 * @code
7103 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7104 * @endcode
7105 * - A function with some data:
7106 * @code
7107 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7108 * @endcode
7109 * - A an object method:
7110 * @code
7111 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7112 * @endcode
7113 * - A closure:
7114 * @code
7115 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7116 * // Handler code goes here.
7117 * };
7118 * @endcode
7119 *
7120 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7121 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7122 *
7123 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7124 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7125 */
7126 $wgHooks = [];
7127
7128 /**
7129 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7130 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7131 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7132 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7133 * hook for that.
7134 *
7135 * @see MediaWikiServices
7136 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7137 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7138 */
7139 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7140 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7141 ];
7142
7143 /**
7144 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7145 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7146 */
7147 $wgJobClasses = [
7148 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7149 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7150 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7151 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7152 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7153 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7154 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7155 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7156 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7157 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7158 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7159 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7160 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7161 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7162 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7163 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7164 'null' => 'NullJob'
7165 ];
7166
7167 /**
7168 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7169 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7170 *
7171 * These can be:
7172 * - Very long-running jobs.
7173 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7174 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7175 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7176 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7177 */
7178 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7179
7180 /**
7181 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7182 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7183 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7184 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7185 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7186 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7187 * @var float[]
7188 */
7189 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7190
7191 /**
7192 * Make job runners commit changes for slave-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7193 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on slave lag checks.
7194 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7195 *
7196 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7197 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7198 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7199 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7200 *
7201 * @var float|bool
7202 * @since 1.26
7203 */
7204 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7205
7206 /**
7207 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7208 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7209 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7210 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7211 */
7212 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7213 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7214 ];
7215
7216 /**
7217 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7218 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7219 */
7220 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7221 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7222 ];
7223
7224 /**
7225 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7226 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7227 */
7228 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7229 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7230 ];
7231
7232 /**
7233 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7234 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7235 * or:
7236 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = [ $class, $funcname ]
7237 * Hooks should return strings or false
7238 */
7239 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7240
7241 /**
7242 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7243 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7244 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7245 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7246 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7247 */
7248 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7249 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7250 ];
7251
7252 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7253
7254 /*************************************************************************//**
7255 * @name Categories
7256 * @{
7257 */
7258
7259 /**
7260 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7261 */
7262 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7263
7264 /**
7265 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7266 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7267 */
7268 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7269
7270 /**
7271 * Paging limit for categories
7272 */
7273 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7274
7275 /**
7276 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7277 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7278 *
7279 * Available values are:
7280 *
7281 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7282 *
7283 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7284 *
7285 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7286 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7287 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7288 *
7289 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7290 * installed. See http://php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7291 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7292 * server.
7293 *
7294 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7295 * the sort keys in the database.
7296 *
7297 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7298 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7299 */
7300 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7301
7302 /** @} */ # End categories }
7303
7304 /*************************************************************************//**
7305 * @name Logging
7306 * @{
7307 */
7308
7309 /**
7310 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7311 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7312 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7313 * log type.
7314 */
7315 $wgLogTypes = [
7316 '',
7317 'block',
7318 'protect',
7319 'rights',
7320 'delete',
7321 'upload',
7322 'move',
7323 'import',
7324 'patrol',
7325 'merge',
7326 'suppress',
7327 'tag',
7328 'managetags',
7329 'contentmodel',
7330 ];
7331
7332 /**
7333 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7334 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7335 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7336 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7337 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7338 */
7339 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7340 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7341 ];
7342
7343 /**
7344 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7345 *
7346 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7347 *
7348 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7349 *
7350 * @par Example:
7351 * @code
7352 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7353 * @endcode
7354 *
7355 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7356 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7357 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7358 *
7359 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7360 * for the link text.
7361 */
7362 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7363 'patrol' => true,
7364 'tag' => true,
7365 ];
7366
7367 /**
7368 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7369 * will be listed in the user interface.
7370 *
7371 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7372 *
7373 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7374 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7375 */
7376 $wgLogNames = [
7377 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7378 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7379 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7380 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7381 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7382 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7383 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7384 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7385 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7386 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7387 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7388 ];
7389
7390 /**
7391 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7392 * top of each log type.
7393 *
7394 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7395 *
7396 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7397 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7398 */
7399 $wgLogHeaders = [
7400 '' => 'alllogstext',
7401 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7402 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7403 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7404 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7405 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7406 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7407 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7408 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7409 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7410 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7411 ];
7412
7413 /**
7414 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7415 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7416 *
7417 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7418 */
7419 $wgLogActions = [];
7420
7421 /**
7422 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7423 * not messages.
7424 * @see LogPage::actionText
7425 * @see LogFormatter
7426 */
7427 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7428 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7429 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7430 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7431 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7432 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7433 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7434 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7435 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7436 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7437 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7438 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7439 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7440 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7441 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7442 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7443 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7444 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7445 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7446 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7447 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7448 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7449 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7450 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7451 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7452 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7453 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7454 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7455 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7456 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7457 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7458 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7459 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7460 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7461 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7462 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7463 ];
7464
7465 /**
7466 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7467 *
7468 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7469 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7470 * Extensions may append to this array
7471 * @since 1.27
7472 */
7473 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7474 'block' => [
7475 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7476 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7477 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7478 ],
7479 'contentmodel' => [
7480 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7481 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7482 ],
7483 'delete' => [
7484 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7485 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7486 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7487 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7488 ],
7489 'import' => [
7490 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7491 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7492 ],
7493 'managetags' => [
7494 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7495 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7496 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7497 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7498 ],
7499 'move' => [
7500 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7501 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7502 ],
7503 'newusers' => [
7504 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7505 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7506 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7507 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7508 ],
7509 'patrol' => [
7510 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7511 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7512 ],
7513 'protect' => [
7514 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7515 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7516 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7517 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7518 ],
7519 'rights' => [
7520 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7521 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7522 ],
7523 'suppress' => [
7524 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7525 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7526 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7527 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7528 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7529 ],
7530 'upload' => [
7531 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7532 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7533 ],
7534 ];
7535
7536 /**
7537 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7538 */
7539 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7540
7541 /** @} */ # end logging }
7542
7543 /*************************************************************************//**
7544 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7545 * @{
7546 */
7547
7548 /**
7549 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7550 */
7551 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7552
7553 /**
7554 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7555 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7556 */
7557 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7558
7559 /**
7560 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7561 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7562 */
7563 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7564
7565 /**
7566 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7567 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7568 */
7569 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7570
7571 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7572
7573 /*************************************************************************//**
7574 * @name Actions
7575 * @{
7576 */
7577
7578 /**
7579 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7580 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7581 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7582 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7583 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7584 * instead of the default class.
7585 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7586 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7587 */
7588 $wgActions = [
7589 'credits' => true,
7590 'delete' => true,
7591 'edit' => true,
7592 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7593 'history' => true,
7594 'info' => true,
7595 'markpatrolled' => true,
7596 'protect' => true,
7597 'purge' => true,
7598 'raw' => true,
7599 'render' => true,
7600 'revert' => true,
7601 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7602 'rollback' => true,
7603 'submit' => true,
7604 'unprotect' => true,
7605 'unwatch' => true,
7606 'view' => true,
7607 'watch' => true,
7608 ];
7609
7610 /** @} */ # end actions }
7611
7612 /*************************************************************************//**
7613 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7614 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7615 * @{
7616 */
7617
7618 /**
7619 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7620 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7621 * basis.
7622 */
7623 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7624
7625 /**
7626 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7627 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7628 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7629 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7630 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7631 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7632 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7633 *
7634 * @par Example:
7635 * @code
7636 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7637 * @endcode
7638 */
7639 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7640
7641 /**
7642 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7643 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7644 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7645 *
7646 * @par Example:
7647 * @code
7648 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7649 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7650 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7651 * ];
7652 * @endcode
7653 *
7654 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7655 * forms:
7656 * @code
7657 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7658 * # Underscore, not space!
7659 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7660 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7661 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7662 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7663 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7664 * ];
7665 * @endcode
7666 */
7667 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7668
7669 /**
7670 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7671 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7672 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7673 *
7674 * @par Example:
7675 * @code
7676 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7677 * @endcode
7678 */
7679 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7680
7681 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7682
7683 /************************************************************************//**
7684 * @name AJAX and API
7685 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7686 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7687 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7688 * @{
7689 */
7690
7691 /**
7692 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7693 * machine-readable data via api.php
7694 *
7695 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7696 */
7697 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7698
7699 /**
7700 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7701 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7702 * accesses it
7703 */
7704 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7705
7706 /**
7707 *
7708 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7709 *
7710 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7711 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7712 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7713 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7714 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7715 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7716 * requiring POST.
7717 *
7718 * @since 1.21
7719 */
7720 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7721
7722 /**
7723 * API module extensions.
7724 *
7725 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7726 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7727 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7728 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7729 *
7730 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7731 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7732 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7733 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7734 * field.
7735 *
7736 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7737 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7738 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7739 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7740 *
7741 * Examples for registering API modules:
7742 *
7743 * @code
7744 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7745 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
7746 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7747 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7748 * ];
7749 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
7750 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7751 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
7752 * ];
7753 * @endcode
7754 *
7755 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7756 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7757 */
7758 $wgAPIModules = [];
7759
7760 /**
7761 * API format module extensions.
7762 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7763 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7764 *
7765 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7766 */
7767 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7768
7769 /**
7770 * API Query meta module extensions.
7771 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7772 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7773 *
7774 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7775 */
7776 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7777
7778 /**
7779 * API Query prop module extensions.
7780 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7781 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7782 *
7783 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7784 */
7785 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7786
7787 /**
7788 * API Query list module extensions.
7789 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7790 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7791 *
7792 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7793 */
7794 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7795
7796 /**
7797 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7798 * The default value is generally fine
7799 */
7800 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7801
7802 /**
7803 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7804 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7805 */
7806 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7807
7808 /**
7809 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7810 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7811 */
7812 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7813
7814 /**
7815 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB slaves to tolerate
7816 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7817 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7818 */
7819 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7820
7821 /**
7822 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7823 * API request logging
7824 */
7825 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7826
7827 /**
7828 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7829 */
7830 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7831
7832 /**
7833 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7834 * API queries.
7835 */
7836 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7837 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7838 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7839 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7840 ];
7841
7842 /**
7843 * Enable AJAX framework
7844 */
7845 $wgUseAjax = true;
7846
7847 /**
7848 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7849 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7850 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7851 */
7852 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7853
7854 /**
7855 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7856 */
7857 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7858
7859 /**
7860 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7861 */
7862 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7863
7864 /**
7865 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7866 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7867 */
7868 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7869
7870 /**
7871 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7872 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7873 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7874 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7875 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7876 *
7877 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7878 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7879 *
7880 * @par Example:
7881 * @code
7882 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
7883 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7884 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7885 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7886 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7887 * ];
7888 * @endcode
7889 */
7890 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7891
7892 /**
7893 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7894 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7895 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7896 */
7897 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7898
7899 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7900
7901 /************************************************************************//**
7902 * @name Shell and process control
7903 * @{
7904 */
7905
7906 /**
7907 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7908 */
7909 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7910
7911 /**
7912 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
7913 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
7914 */
7915 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
7916
7917 /**
7918 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7919 */
7920 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
7921
7922 /**
7923 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
7924 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7925 */
7926 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
7927
7928 /**
7929 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
7930 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
7931 *
7932 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
7933 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
7934 * them segfault or deadlock.
7935 *
7936 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
7937 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
7938 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
7939 *
7940 * @par Example:
7941 * @code
7942 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
7943 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
7944 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
7945 * @endcode
7946 *
7947 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
7948 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
7949 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
7950 */
7951 $wgShellCgroup = false;
7952
7953 /**
7954 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
7955 */
7956 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
7957
7958 /**
7959 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around http://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
7960 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
7961 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
7962 */
7963 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
7964
7965 /** @} */ # End shell }
7966
7967 /************************************************************************//**
7968 * @name HTTP client
7969 * @{
7970 */
7971
7972 /**
7973 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
7974 */
7975 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
7976
7977 /**
7978 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
7979 */
7980 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
7981
7982 /**
7983 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
7984 */
7985 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
7986
7987 /**
7988 * Local virtual hosts.
7989 *
7990 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
7991 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
7992 * then no proxy will be used.
7993 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
7994 * proxy if it is configured.
7995 * @since 1.25
7996 */
7997 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
7998
7999 /**
8000 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8001 * Only works for curl
8002 */
8003 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8004
8005 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8006
8007 /************************************************************************//**
8008 * @name Job queue
8009 * @{
8010 */
8011
8012 /**
8013 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8014 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8015 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8016 * be run periodically.
8017 */
8018 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8019
8020 /**
8021 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8022 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8023 * execution finishes.
8024 * @since 1.23
8025 */
8026 $wgRunJobsAsync = true;
8027
8028 /**
8029 * Number of rows to update per job
8030 */
8031 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8032
8033 /**
8034 * Number of rows to update per query
8035 */
8036 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8037
8038 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8039
8040 /************************************************************************//**
8041 * @name Miscellaneous
8042 * @{
8043 */
8044
8045 /**
8046 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8047 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8048 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8049 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8050 */
8051 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8052
8053 /**
8054 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8055 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8056 *
8057 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8058 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8059 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8060 */
8061 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8062
8063 /**
8064 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8065 * For debugging
8066 */
8067 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8068
8069 /**
8070 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8071 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8072 */
8073 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8074
8075 /**
8076 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8077 */
8078 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8079
8080 /**
8081 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8082 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8083 */
8084 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8085
8086 /**
8087 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8088 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8089 */
8090 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8091
8092 /**
8093 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8094 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8095 *
8096 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8097 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8098 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8099 * parameters.
8100 *
8101 * @par Example:
8102 * @code
8103 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8104 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8105 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8106 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8107 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8108 * ... any extension-specific options...
8109 * ];
8110 * @endcode
8111 */
8112 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8113
8114 /**
8115 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8116 */
8117 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8118
8119 /**
8120 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8121 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8122 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8123 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8124 *
8125 * @since 1.21
8126 */
8127 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8128
8129 /**
8130 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8131 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8132 *
8133 * * 'ignore': return null
8134 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8135 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8136 *
8137 * @since 1.21
8138 */
8139 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8140
8141 /**
8142 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8143 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8144 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8145 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8146 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8147 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8148 *
8149 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8150 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8151 *
8152 * @since 1.21
8153 */
8154 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8155
8156 /**
8157 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8158 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8159 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8160 *
8161 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8162 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8163 *
8164 * @since 1.21
8165 */
8166 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8167 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8168 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8169 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8170 ];
8171
8172 /**
8173 * Whether the user must enter their password to change their e-mail address
8174 *
8175 * @since 1.20
8176 */
8177 $wgRequirePasswordforEmailChange = true;
8178
8179 /**
8180 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8181 *
8182 * @since 1.20
8183 */
8184 $wgSiteTypes = [
8185 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8186 ];
8187
8188 /**
8189 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8190 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8191 * @since 1.23
8192 */
8193 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8194
8195 /**
8196 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8197 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8198 * @see bug 65184
8199 * @since 1.24
8200 */
8201 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8202
8203 /**
8204 * Secret for session storage.
8205 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8206 * be used.
8207 * @since 1.27
8208 */
8209 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8210
8211 /**
8212 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8213 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8214 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8215 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8216 * @since 1.27
8217 */
8218 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8219
8220 /**
8221 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8222 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8223 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8224 * be used.
8225 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8226 * @since 1.24
8227 */
8228 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8229
8230 /**
8231 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8232 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8233 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8234 * @since 1.24
8235 */
8236 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8237
8238 /**
8239 * Enable page language feature
8240 * Allows setting page language in database
8241 * @var bool
8242 * @since 1.24
8243 */
8244 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8245
8246 /**
8247 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8248 * Parameters for different services are to be declared inside
8249 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules'], which is to be treated as an associative
8250 * array. Global parameters will be merged with service-specific ones. The
8251 * result will then be passed to VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the
8252 * module.
8253 *
8254 * Example config for Parsoid:
8255 *
8256 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8257 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8258 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8259 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8260 * ];
8261 *
8262 * @var array
8263 * @since 1.25
8264 */
8265 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8266 'modules' => [],
8267 'global' => [
8268 # Timeout in seconds
8269 'timeout' => 360,
8270 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8271 'forwardCookies' => false,
8272 'HTTPProxy' => null
8273 ]
8274 ];
8275
8276 /**
8277 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8278 * these suggestions.
8279 *
8280 * @var bool
8281 * @since 1.26
8282 */
8283 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8284
8285 /**
8286 * Where popular password file is located.
8287 *
8288 * Default in core contains 50,000 most popular. This config
8289 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8290 * a password file with > 50000 entries in it.
8291 *
8292 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8293 * @since 1.27
8294 * @var string path to file
8295 */
8296 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8297
8298 /*
8299 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8300 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8301 *
8302 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8303 * @since 1.27
8304 */
8305 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8306
8307 /**
8308 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8309 *
8310 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8311 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8312 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8313 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8314 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8315 *
8316 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8317 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8318 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8319 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8320 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8321 *
8322 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8323 *
8324 * @since 1.27
8325 */
8326 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8327 'default' => [
8328 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8329 ]
8330 ];
8331
8332 /**
8333 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8334 *
8335 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8336 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8337 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8338 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8339 *
8340 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Pingback
8341 *
8342 * @var bool
8343 * @since 1.28
8344 */
8345 $wgPingback = false;
8346
8347 /**
8348 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8349 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8350 * @}
8351 */